23062017PCPKPSNAAnnexure DocumentofEIA EMP

Annexure 1: EIA/EMP Report.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY
PVT. LTD.
EIA Report for Proposed Speciality

Chemicals Manufacturing Facility at
Plot No. D2/CH/21, GIDC Dahej,
Phase II, Taluka Vagra, District
Bharuch
JUNE 2017
Kadam
Environmental Consultants
www.kadamenviro.com
Environmentfor Development
PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS
MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC
CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II QUALITY CONTROL
CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED
EIA Report for Proposed Speciality Chemicals

Manufacturing Facility at Plot No. D2/CH/21, GIDC
Dahej, PhaseII, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch
© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), June, 2017
This report is released for the use of the Croda India Company Private Limited, Regulators and relevant
stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided
(unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other
purpose without the written consent of Kadam.
QUALITY CONTROL
Name of EIA/EMP & RA/DMP Report for Proposed Speciality Chemicals Manufacturing Facility at Plot No.
Publication D2/CH/21, GIDC Dahej, PhaseII, Taluka Vagra, District Bharuch
Revision
Project Number 1417382110 Issue No. 1 1 Released June,2017
No.
DISCLAIMER
Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam
also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible
to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting
from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal
advice related to the individual situation.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 1

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC
LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ...................................................... 26
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ......................................................................... 26

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT AND THE PROJECT ................................ 26
1.2.1 About the Croda India Company Pvt. Ltd. ............................................. 26
1.2.2 The Project................................................................................. 27
1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO
COUNTRY, REGION ........................................................................................ 28
1.3.1 Nature of the Project ..................................................................... 28
1.3.2 Size of the Project ........................................................................ 28
1.3.3 Location .................................................................................... 28
1.4 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT TO THE COUNTRY/REGION ........................................ 29
1.4.1 Investment ................................................................................. 30
1.4.2 Direct Jobs ................................................................................. 30
1.4.3 Indirect Jobs ............................................................................... 30
1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY ............................................................................. 30
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................... 38
2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................ 38

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT........................................................................... 38
2.2.1 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary &
project site layout) .................................................................................. 38
2.3 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF THE PROJECT ............................................................ 42
2.4 APPROACH AND CONNECTIVITY TO FACILITY ...................................................... 42
2.5 BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGIES (BAT) .......................................................... 43
2.6 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES WITH FLOW DIAGRAM AND MASS BALANCE ........................ 44
2.6.1 Alkoxylates (Ehoxylated/ Propoxylated Products) .................................... 44
2.6.2 Esters and Quats .......................................................................... 45
2.6.3 Sulphates and Sulphonates .............................................................. 47
2.6.4 Phosphate Esters .......................................................................... 48
2.6.5 Formulated Blends ........................................................................ 49
2.7 END USE OF PRODUCTS ........................................................................... 50
2.8 CLEANER PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY ............................................................. 51
2.9 PROPERTIES OF RAW MATERIALS ................................................................. 52
2.10 STORAGE DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS ........................................................ 54
2.11 TRANSPORTATION DETAILS ..................................................................... 57
2.12 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITY ..................................................................... 58
2.12.1 Power ....................................................................................... 58
2.12.2 Water Supply .............................................................................. 59
2.12.3 Effluent Disposal Facility ................................................................. 59
2.12.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility ..................................................... 59
2.13 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTEWATER GENERATION AND TREATMENT FACILITIES.............. 59
2.13.1 Source of water Supply .................................................................. 59
2.13.2 Water Consumption and Waste Water Generation for Proposed Unit ............. 61
2.13.3 Waste Water Disposal .................................................................... 63

2.13.4 Wastewater Treatment Scheme ........................................................ 64

2.13.5 Water Conservation Measures .......................................................... 68
2.13.6 Adequacy of proposed ETP .............................................................. 69
2.14 FUEL CONSUMPTION ............................................................................ 72
2.15 STACK DETAILS ................................................................................. 72
2.15.1 Flue Gas Stacks ........................................................................... 72
2.15.2 Process Vents .............................................................................. 72
2.15.3 Air Pollution Control Measures .......................................................... 73
2.16 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT ................................................. 74
2.16.1 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid /
Hazardous Waste .................................................................................... 74
2.17 STORAGE / HANDLING OF SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTES .................................... 75
2.18 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITY ....................................................... 75
2.19 OTHER SOLIDS WASTES ........................................................................ 75
2.19.1 Bio-medical Wastes ....................................................................... 75
2.19.2 Electronic Wastes ......................................................................... 75
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT.................................................... 78
3.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................... 78

3.2 METHODOLOGY.................................................................................... 78
3.3 STUDY AREA ...................................................................................... 78
3.4 LANDUSE OF THE STUDY AREA .................................................................... 78
3.4.1 Methodology and Ground Survey ....................................................... 78
3.4.2 Classification of Landuse / Landcover .................................................. 78
3.4.3 Class Wise Area Statistics ................................................................ 82
3.5 PROXIMITY TO SEA / WATER BODY ............................................................... 82
3.5.1 Important Features within the Study Area ............................................ 82
3.6 CLIMATE OF THE STUDY AREA..................................................................... 83
3.6.1 Weather .................................................................................... 83
3.6.2 Temperature ............................................................................... 83
3.6.3 Wind ........................................................................................ 83
3.6.4 Rainfall...................................................................................... 84
3.6.5 Cloud Cover ................................................................................ 84
3.6.6 Humidity .................................................................................... 84
3.7 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGY ..................................................................... 84
3.7.1 Site Specific Data of Season ............................................................. 85
3.7.2 Justification of Using Baseline Data of M/s. PPG Asian Paints Pvt. Ltd. ........... 87
3.8 AMBIENT AIR ...................................................................................... 88
3.8.1 Season and Period of Monitoring ....................................................... 88
3.8.2 Selected Sampling Stations .............................................................. 88
3.8.3 Sampling Frequency ...................................................................... 90
3.8.4 Parameters Monitored and Methodology Adopted for AAQM Parameters ........ 90
3.8.5 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring ...................................................... 90
3.9 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................. 94
3.9.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Levels .............................................. 94
3.9.2 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations ............................................... 94
3.9.3 Noise Level Results ....................................................................... 95

3.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................... 95

3.10.1 Groundwater Environment ............................................................... 95
3.10.2 Surface Water Environment ............................................................. 97
3.11 GEOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................. 102
3.11.1 Topography and Geomorphology ..................................................... 102
3.11.2 Regional Geology ....................................................................... 102
3.12 SOIL ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................... 103
3.12.1 Objectives ................................................................................ 103
3.12.2 Methodology ............................................................................. 103
3.12.3 Soil sample collection Methodology .................................................. 104
3.12.4 Site observation ......................................................................... 104
3.12.5 Soil Sampling Locations ................................................................ 104
3.12.6 Sampling and Analysis Methodology ................................................. 104
3.12.7 Observation on soil quality ............................................................ 105
3.13 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY AT SITE ...................................................... 105
3.14 SEISMICITY ................................................................................... 106
3.15 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ................................................................. 107
3.15.1 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment .............................................. 107
3.15.2 Biological Diversity ...................................................................... 107
3.15.3 Ecological Impact Assessment ........................................................ 108
3.15.4 Period of the study and Study area .................................................. 108
3.15.5 Sensitivity/Habitats of the Study Area ............................................... 108
3.15.6 Methodology ............................................................................. 108
3.15.7 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment .............................................. 109
3.16 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................ 113
3.16.1 Social Profile ............................................................................. 113
3.16.2 Economic Profile ........................................................................ 118
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ... 121
4.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................. 121

4.2 DETAILS OF INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS .......................................... 121
4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment ................................................. 121
4.3 LANDUSE ........................................................................................ 135
4.3.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use/cover ............................ 135
4.3.2 Site Preparation ......................................................................... 135
4.4 AIR QUALITY .................................................................................... 136
4.4.1 Construction Phase ..................................................................... 136
4.4.2 Operation Phase......................................................................... 137
4.4.3 Air Quality Modeling .................................................................... 140
4.4.4 Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 143
4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................... 144
4.5.1 Identification of Impacting Activities ................................................. 144
4.5.2 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan ............................................... 145
4.5.4 Conclusion ............................................................................... 151
4.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................... 152
4.6.1 Ground Water ........................................................................... 152

4.6.2 Surface Water & Hazardous Waste Management .................................. 152

4.7 SOIL ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................. 154
4.8 ECOLOGY & BIODIVERSITY ...................................................................... 155
4.8.1 Impacts Scoring ......................................................................... 155
4.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITIES ........................... 156
4.9.1 Due to Storage of Hazardous Chemicals............................................. 156
4.10 HAZARDS IN DEPARTMENT/SECTION ......................................................... 158
4.10.1 General Safety Measures .............................................................. 161
4.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ............................................................ 161
4.11.1 CSR Budgetary Provision ............................................................... 163
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .............................................................. 165
5.1 ALTERNATIVES FOR SITE LOCATION ............................................................. 165

5.2 ALTERNATIVES OF THE HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL .......................................... 166
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .................................................. 167
6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME .................................................... 167

6.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ...................................................................... 167
7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ........................................................................ 169
7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................................... 169

7.1.1 Application of Conducting the Public Hearing ....................................... 169
7.1.2 Notice of the Public Hearing ........................................................... 169
Publicity of Public Hearing ....................................................................... 169
7.1.3 Public Hearing Proceedings ............................................................ 171
7.2 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS AND RISK ASSESSMENT ............................................... 175
7.2.1 Background .............................................................................. 175
7.2.2 Key Definitions .......................................................................... 175
7.2.3 Methodology for Risk Assessment .................................................... 176
7.2.4 Hazard Identification ................................................................... 177
7.2.5 Selection of Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios (MCLs’) ........................... 179
7.2.6 Simulation of Release and Development of Contours.............................. 181
7.3 TREATMENT AND CONTROL ...................................................................... 197
7.3.1 Precautions to be taken during Transportation ..................................... 197
7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................. 198
7.4.1 Objective ................................................................................. 198
7.4.2 Site Critical Emergencies ............................................................... 198
7.4.3 Role and Responsibilities during Emergency ........................................ 200
7.4.4 Emergency Aids ......................................................................... 207
7.4.5 Fire Hydrant System .................................................................... 208
7.4.6 Evacuation Plan ......................................................................... 208
7.5 ACTION AT SITE IN CASE OF EMERGENCY ....................................................... 209
7.5.1 Activities during the Emergency ...................................................... 209
7.5.2 Emergency Do’s and Don’ts ........................................................... 211
7.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE ......................................................... 212

7.6.1 Purpose ................................................................................... 212

7.6.2 Scope ..................................................................................... 212
7.6.3 Responsibility ............................................................................ 212
7.6.4 Procedure ................................................................................ 212
7.6.5 Cross Reference ......................................................................... 214
8 PROJECT BENEFITS ............................................................................ 215
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS........................................... 216
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................... 217
10.1 PURPOSE ..................................................................................... 217

10.2 LAND ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................... 217
10.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................... 218
10.4 WATER QUALITY ............................................................................. 220
10.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT......................................................................... 221
10.6 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ................................................................. 223
10.6.1 Green Belt Management ............................................................... 224
10.6.2 Roadside Plantation..................................................................... 224
10.6.3 Budget .................................................................................... 225
10.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................. 226
10.7.1 Noise ...................................................................................... 226
10.7.2 Heat ....................................................................................... 226
10.7.3 Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment ..................... 226
10.7.4 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring ......... 227
10.8 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................. 227
10.9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ........................................................... 229
10.10 EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS ................................................ 229
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS .......................................................... 231
11.1 INTRODUCTION ABOUT THE COMPANY ........................................................ 231

11.2 THE PROJECT ................................................................................. 231
11.3 IMPORTANCE OF THE PROJECT ................................................................ 231
11.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK ................................................................... 231
11.5 PROJECT DETAILS ............................................................................ 231
11.5.1 Cost of the Project ...................................................................... 231
11.5.2 Area Statement .......................................................................... 232
11.5.3 Water Resources and Water Quality ................................................. 232
11.5.4 Power Requirement ..................................................................... 232
11.5.5 Air Emission .............................................................................. 232
11.5.6 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility ................................................... 232
11.5.7 Workforce Management................................................................ 232
11.6 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ......................................................... 233
11.6.1 Study Period ............................................................................. 233
11.6.2 Study Area ............................................................................... 233
11.6.3 Landuse .................................................................................. 233
11.6.4 Climatology .............................................................................. 233
11.6.5 Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................... 233

11.6.6 Noise ...................................................................................... 234

11.6.7 Ground Water ........................................................................... 234
11.6.8 Surface Water ........................................................................... 235
11.6.9 Soil ........................................................................................ 235
11.6.10 Biological Environment .............................................................. 235
11.7 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND MITIGATION
MEASURES .............................................................................................. 236
11.7.1 Ambient Air .............................................................................. 236
11.7.2 Noise ...................................................................................... 236
11.7.3 Hydrology, Surface water and Ground water ....................................... 238
11.7.4 Soil ........................................................................................ 238
11.7.5 Socio-Economic Environment ......................................................... 239
11.7.6 Occupational Health and Risk ......................................................... 239
11.8 PUBLIC HEARING ............................................................................. 240
11.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ................................................ 240
11.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN ......................................................... 240
11.11 CONCLUSION ................................................................................. 241
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ........................................................ 242
12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED BY KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL

CONSULTANTS .......................................................................................... 242
12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS ......................................................................... 243
1. Built up Land or Habitation ................................................................. 260
2. Agricultural Land ............................................................................. 260
3. Forests ......................................................................................... 260
4. Wastelands .................................................................................... 261
5. Water Bodies.................................................................................. 262
6. Others.......................................................................................... 262
7. Vegetation Cover ............................................................................. 263

LIST OF ANNEXURES
Annexure 1: Copy of ToR Letter issued by SEAC, Gujarat ....................................................... 245
Annexure 2: Copy of Plot Holding Certificate ......................................................................... 251
Annexure 3: PESO approval of Ethylene Oxide ...................................................................... 254
Annexure 4: PESO Approval for Propylene Oxide ................................................................... 256
Annexure 5: Methodology and Photo-documentation of Baseline Monitoring ............................ 258
Annexure 6: Ambient Air Monitoring Results......................................................................... 277
Annexure 7: Long Term Climatological Data .......................................................................... 285
Annexure 8: Dispersion Modeling Results .............................................................................. 287
Annexure 9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards .............................................................. 312
Annexure 10: Agreement for Gas Supply .............................................................................. 314
Annexure 11: List of Stakeholders Meeting............................................................................ 317
Annexure 12: Croda India Safety Health and Environment Policy Statement ............................ 318
Annexure 13: Undertaking ................................................................................................... 319
Annexure 14 : Public Hearing Advertisemnet in Local & English News paper ............................ 320
Annexure 15: Proof for Distribution of Executive summary in study village .............................. 322
Annexure 16: Public Hearing Proceeding ............................................................................... 326
Annexure 17: Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI ................................................... 405

LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Production Capacity .............................................................................................. 27
Table 1-2: Project Status ....................................................................................................... 30
Table 1-3: Compliance with the Terms of References............................................................... 31
Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of Project Site .................................................................... 38
Table 2-2: Area Break up at Site ............................................................................................ 42
Table 2-3: Mass Balance for Alkoxylates (Ethoxylated/ Propoxylated Products) .......................... 45
Table 2-4: Mass Balance for Esters and Quats ......................................................................... 46
Table 2-5: Mass Balance for Sulphates & Sulphonates ............................................................. 47
Table 2-6: Mass Balance for Phosphate Esters ......................................................................... 49
Table 2-7: Mass Balance for Formulated Blends ....................................................................... 50
Table 2-8: End Use of Products .............................................................................................. 50
Table 2-9: Properties of Chemicals ......................................................................................... 53
Table 2-10: Details of Storage of Raw Materials ...................................................................... 54
Table 2-11: Storage Details of Products .................................................................................. 56
Table 2-12: Transportation Details of Raw Materials ................................................................ 57
Table 2-13: Transportation Details of Products ........................................................................ 58
Table 2-14: Details of Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation .................................... 61
Table 2-15: Quality of Wastewater Generated from Process ..................................................... 65
Table 2-16: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Proposed ETP ............................................ 65
Table 2-17: List of ETP Units with Sizing ................................................................................. 66
Table 2-18: Adequacy of the Proposed ETP ............................................................................. 70
Table 2-19: Details of Flue Gas Stacks and Fuel Consumption .................................................. 72
Table 2-20: Details of Flue Gas Stacks .................................................................................... 72
Table 2-21: Details of Process Vents ....................................................................................... 72
Table 2-22: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures ............................................................... 73
Table 2-23: Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal Details ................................................. 74
Table 2-24: Solid Waste Generation Details ............................................................................. 75
Table 3-1: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project.......................... 78
Table 3-2: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ..................... 82
Table 3-3: Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies ............................................................................. 82
Table 3-4: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area .................. 83
Table 3-5: Predominant Wind Direction .................................................................................. 84
Table 3-6: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ...................................................... 84

Table 3-7: Mean Meteorological Data for Winter Season 2014-15 ............................................. 85
Table 3-8: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations Details ....................................................... 88
Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (Winter Season: December 2014 – February
2015) ................................................................................................................................... 90
Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (June 2015) ............................................... 92
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones ............ 94
Table 3-12: Coordinates of Sampling Locations ....................................................................... 95
Table 3-13: Noise Level Results.............................................................................................. 95
Table 3-14: Groundwater Sampling Locations.......................................................................... 96
Table 3-15: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples ............................................................. 96
Table 3-16: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ......................................................... 98
Table 3-17: Analysis Result of Pond Water Samples ................................................................. 99
Table 3-18: Analysis Result of River (Estuary) Water Sample .................................................. 101
Table 3-19: Regional Geology .............................................................................................. 102
Table 3-20: Soil Sampling Locations ..................................................................................... 104
Table 3-21: Soil Sampling Analysis report ............................................................................. 104
Table 3-22: Litholog of Piezometric well drilled at site ............................................................ 105
Table 3-23: List of Floral species in Study Area...................................................................... 109
Table 3-24: List of Birds in Study Area .................................................................................. 111
Table 3-25: List of Reptiles in study area .............................................................................. 112
Table 3-26: List of Mammals in study area ............................................................................ 112
Table 3-27-Demographic Status of the Study Area ................................................................. 113
Table 3-28- Sex Ratio of the Study Area ............................................................................... 114
Table 3-29-Stratification (Age Wise) of Vadadla Village .......................................................... 114
Table 3-30-Details of SC/ST Population ................................................................................. 114
Table 3-31-Educational Facilities in the Study Area ................................................................ 115
Table 3-32-Literacy rate within the study area....................................................................... 115
Table 3-33-Literacy Level of Vadadla Village.......................................................................... 116
Table 3-34-Health facilities in the study area ......................................................................... 116
Table 3-35- Water Facilities with in the Study area ................................................................ 117
Table 3-36-Housing Condition in the Surveyed Village ............................................................ 117
Table 3-37-Toilet Facility in the Surveyed Village ................................................................... 118
Table 3-38-Occupational status of the study area .................................................................. 118
Table 3-39-Type of Livelihood Activity in the Core Impact area ............................................... 119
Table 3-40- Villages with Transportation Facilities .................................................................. 119

Table 3-41-Communication Facilities with in the Study area ................................................... 120
Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to the Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment
......................................................................................................................................... 123
Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence ..................................................................................... 129
Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria............................................................ 130
Table 4-4: Environmental Risk Categorization ........................................................................ 130
Table 4-5: Environmental Impacts ........................................................................................ 131
Table 4-6: Impact Scoring Land ........................................................................................... 136
Table 4-7: Stacks Details and Gas Emission Details from Flue Gas Stacks ................................ 138
Table 4-8: Stack Details and Gas Emission Details from Process Vents .................................... 139
Table 4-9: 24 hr average Incremental Increase in GLC........................................................... 141
Table 4-10: Impact Scoring of Air Environment ..................................................................... 143
Table 4-11: Environmental Impact Scoring ............................................................................ 145
Table 4-12: Sources of noise with their SPL .......................................................................... 146
Table 4-13: Predictive Cumulative Noise Levels ..................................................................... 150
Table 4-14: Impact scoring Ground water consumption ......................................................... 152
Table 4-15 Impact Scoring ................................................................................................... 153
Table 4-16: Impact Scoring – Soil......................................................................................... 154
Table 4-17: Aspect – Impact Identification ............................................................................ 155
Table 4-18: Impact Scoring.................................................................................................. 155
Table 4-19: Suggested Mitigation Measures .......................................................................... 156
Table 4-20: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety .................. 156
Table 4-21: Identification of Hazards in Department/Section .................................................. 158
Table 4-22: Socio-economic Impact Assessment.................................................................... 162
Table 4-23: Issues Raised by Respondents of Core Zone........................................................ 163
Table 4-24: Budgetary provision for five years* ..................................................................... 163
Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program ......................................................................... 167
Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements .............................................................. 168
Table 7-1: Issue raised in public hearing ............................................................................... 172
Table 7-2: Environment Related Key Issue for proposed Plants and Commitement by Croda ..... 172
Table 7-3: Important Hazardous Events ................................................................................ 177
Table 7-4 : Damage due to Radiation Intensity ..................................................................... 178
Table 7-5: Overpressure Damage ......................................................................................... 178
Table 7-6: Storage Details of Hazardous Material .................................................................. 180
Table 7-7: Scenario Selected for Simulation .......................................................................... 180

Table 7-8: Failure Frequency for Storage Tanks..................................................................... 181
Table 7-9: Broadly Accepted Frequency ................................................................................ 181
Table 7-10: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Benzyl Chloride .................. 181
Table 7-11: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Benzyl Chloride............................ 182
Table 7-12: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Ethylene Oxide ................... 183
Table 7-13: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Ethylene Oxide ............................ 184
Table 7-14: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Ethylene Oxide ..................... 184
Table 7-15: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Isopropyl Alcohol ................ 187
Table 7-16: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Isopropyl Alcohol ......................... 188
Table 7-17: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol ........................... 190
Table 7-18: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Methanol .................................... 190
Table 7-19: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of N-Butanol .......................... 192
Table 7-20: Radiation Level and Effect Distance due to Release of Propylene Oxide ................. 194
Table 7-21: Overpressure Effect Distance due to Release of Propylene Oxide .......................... 194
Table 7-22: Distance to Equivalent Toxic Dose due to Release of Propylene Oxide ................... 194
Table 7-23: Event Consequences, Treatment and Control ...................................................... 197
Table 7-24: Emergency Siren ............................................................................................... 206
Table 7-25: Do’s and Don’ts during Emergency ..................................................................... 211
Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Land Environment.......................................... 217
Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment ............................................. 218
Table 10-3: Details of Activities responsible for Impact on Water Environment and Management
Plan ................................................................................................................................... 220
Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan for Noise Environment ...................................... 222
Table 10-5: Environmental Management Plan........................................................................ 223
Table 10-6: Recommended Species for Greenbelt Development.............................................. 224
Table 10-7: Recommended species for roadside plantation .................................................... 225
Table 10-8: Costing for green beltdevelopment (Five years plan) ............................................ 225
Table 10-9: Environment Management Plan for Traffic ........................................................... 228
Table 10-10: Environment Management Cell ......................................................................... 229
Table 10-11: Capital & Recurring Cost for Environmental Pollution Control Measures on Yearly
basis .................................................................................................................................. 230

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 2-1: Site Location Map ................................................................................................ 39
Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Boundary ............................................................................. 40
Figure 2-3: Site Layout Map ................................................................................................... 41
Figure 2-4: Flow diagram for Alkoxylates (Ethoxylated/ Propoxylated Products) ......................... 45
Figure 2-5: Flow diagram for Esters and Quats ........................................................................ 46
Figure 2-6: Flow diagram for Sulphates & Sulphonates ............................................................ 47
Figure 2-7: Flow diagram for Phosphate Esters........................................................................ 49
Figure 2-8: Flow Diagram for Formulated Blends ..................................................................... 50
Figure 2-9: GIDC with Water Supply Permission ...................................................................... 60
Figure 2-10: Water Balance Diagram ...................................................................................... 62
Figure 2-11: Agreement Letter with GIDC for Treated Wastewater Discharged into GIDC drain for
Phase-I ................................................................................................................................ 63
Figure 2-12: Process Block diagram of Proposed ETP- 250 KLD capacity ................................... 69
Figure 2-13: Layout Plan of ETP ............................................................................................. 71
Figure 2-14: Membership letter for Hazardous Waste Management ........................................... 76
Figure 2-15: Copy of Acceptance Letter from M/s. Ambuja Cement for Co-processing of Haz.
Wastes ................................................................................................................................. 76
Figure 3-1: Landuse / Landcover Map of Study Area ................................................................ 81
Figure 3-2: Windrose Diagram for Winter Season 2014-15 ....................................................... 87
Figure 3-3: Sampling Location Map......................................................................................... 89
Figure 3-4: Agro climatic zone of Gujarat State ..................................................................... 103
Figure 3-5: Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat ...................................................................... 107
Figure 4-1: Isopleths Generated during Daytime.................................................................... 147
Figure 4-2: Isopleths Generated during Nighttime ................................................................. 148
Figure 7-1: Photographs of Public Hearing Publicity through Auto Rickshaw ............................ 170
Figure 7-2: Photographs of Public Hearing ............................................................................ 174
Figure 7-3: Late Pool Fire Risk Consequence Contour of Benzyl Chloride due to 10 mm leak at
Weather Condition 3.0/E...................................................................................................... 182
Figure 7-4: Late Pool Fire Risk Consequence Contour of Benzyl Chloride due to 25 mm leak at
Figure 7-5: Late Pool Fire Risk Consequence Contour of Benzyl Chloride due to Catastrophic
Rupture at Weather Condition 3.0/E ..................................................................................... 183
Figure 7-6: Jet Fire Risk Consequence Contour of Ethylene Oxide due to 10mm at Weather
Condition 3.0/B ................................................................................................................... 185

Figure 7-7: Late Pool Fire Risk Consequence Contour of Ethylene Oxide due to 10 mm at Weather
Condition 4.0/D .................................................................................................................. 185
Figure 7-8: Jet Fire Consequence Contour of Ethylene Oxide due to 25mm at Weather Condition
3.0/B ................................................................................................................................. 186
Figure 7-9: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Ethylene Oxide due to 25mm at Weather
Condition 4.0/D .................................................................................................................. 186
Figure 7-10: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Ethylene Oxide due to Catastrophic Rupture at
Figure 7-11: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Ethylene Oxide due to Catastrophic Rupture
at Weather Condition 3.0/B.................................................................................................. 187
Figure 7-12: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Isopropyl Alcohol due to 10mm leak at
Weather Condition 4.0/D ..................................................................................................... 188
Figure 7-13: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Isopropyl Alcohol due to 25mm leak at
Figure 7-14: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Isopropyl Alcohol due to Catastrophic Rupture
at Weather Condition 3.0/E .................................................................................................. 189
Figure 7-15: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Isopropyl Alcohol due to Catastrophic
Rupture at Weather Condition 4.0/D ..................................................................................... 189
Figure 7-16: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Methanol due to 10mm Leak at Weather
Condition 3.0/E ................................................................................................................... 191
Figure 7-17: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Methanol due to 25mm Leak at Weather
Condition 3.0/E ................................................................................................................... 191
Figure 7-18: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Methanol due to Catastrophic Rupture at
Figure 7-19: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Methanol due to Catastrophic Rupture at
Figure 7-20: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of N- Butanol due to 10mm Leak at Weather
Condition 3.0/B ................................................................................................................... 193
Figure 7-21: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of N- Butanol due to 25mm Leak at Weather
Condition 3.0/E ................................................................................................................... 193
Figure 7-22: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of N- Butanol due to Catastrophic Rupture at
Figure 7-23: Jet Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene Oxide due to 10mm Leak at Weather
Condition 3.0/B ................................................................................................................... 195
Figure 7-24: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene Oxide due to 10mm Leak at
Weather Condition 4.0/D ..................................................................................................... 195
Figure 7-25: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene Oxide due to 25mm Leak at
Weather Condition 3.0/B ..................................................................................................... 196
Figure 7-26: Late Explosion Consequence Contour of Propylene Oxide due to 25mm Leak at

Figure 7-27: Late Pool Fire Consequence Contour of Propylene Oxide due to Catastrophic Rupture
at Weather Condition 3.0/E .................................................................................................. 196
Figure 7-28: Emergency Preparedness Organization Chart during General Shift ....................... 200
Figure 7-29: Emergency Preparedness Organization Chart during Silent Hours......................... 201
LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS
Photograph 1-1: Photographs Showing to the Project Site ........................................................ 28
Photograph 12-1: Ground Truth Survey by FAE-LU/LC ........................................................... 264
Photograph 12-2: Data logger to collect Site Specific Meteorological Data ............................... 266
Photograph 12-3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring .................................................................. 266
Photograph 12-4: Noise Monitoring ...................................................................................... 268
Photograph 12-5: Groundwater Sampling ............................................................................. 269
Photograph 12-6: Surface Water Sampling............................................................................ 272
Photograph 12-7: Soil Sampling ........................................................................................... 274
Photograph 12-8: Photo Documentation of Socio Economic Survey ......................................... 275

ABBREVIATIONS
AAQM Ambient Air Quality Monitoring
AERMOD Atmospheric Dispersion Modelling System
BEIL Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Limited
BOD Biological Oxygen Demand
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
CO Carbon Monoxide
DGVCL Dakshin Gujarat Vij Corporation Limited
DISH Department of Industrial Safety Health
DMP Disaster Management Plan
EC EnvironmentalClearance
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
ESMPs Environmental and Social Management Plans
EHS Environment, Health and Safety
EER Evacuate, Escape and Rescue Plan
EPRG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines
ECC Emergency Control Center
FMECA Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis
GIDC Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation
GOI Government of India
GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board
GLC Ground Level Concentration
HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study
IAA Impact Assessment Authority
IMD Indian Meteorological Department
ICUN International Union for Conservation of Nature
IDLH Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health
KLD Kilo Liters per Day
LFT Liver Function Test
LEL Lower Flammability Limits
LCLo Lethal Concentration Low
MSIHC Manufacture, Storage, Import & Hazardous Chemical Rules
MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests
MCLs’ Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
NOC No Objection Certificate
NDT Non Destructive Testing
NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen
OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PEL Permissible Exposure Limits
PM Particulate Matter
PPEs Personnel Protective Equipment
PDCR Plan, Do, Check, Act
SEIAA State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authorities

SS SuspendedSolid
SOx Oxides of Sulphur
SPL Sound Pressure Level
SMC Site Main Controller
STEL Short Time Exposure Limit
ToR Terms of References
TCLo Toxic Concentration Low
TLV Threshold Limit Value
TDS Total Dissolved Solid
TSDF Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility
USEPA United States Environment Protection Agency
UFL Upper Flammable Limits
VOC Volatile Inorganic Carbon
ZSI Zoological Survey of India

GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ACCIDENT:An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without
or major or minor damage consequence to life and/or property.”
AMBIENT: Ambient temperature is temperature of the surrounding area.
AN INCIDENT:An incident is emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or
otherwise that may lead to a major accident / potential emergency and disaster.
ANEMOMETER: A device used to measure speed of wind or any other moving gas.
ATMOSPHERIC STABILITY:Atmospheric Stability is defined in terms of vertical temperature

gradient in the atmosphere. It is usually described using the system of categories developed by
Pasquill. The categories of stability class are identified by the letter A to F (or sometimes A-G)
Neutral stability occurs typically, when there is total cloud cover and is designed by category D
(The temperature gradient = adiabatic lapse rate) Unstable conditions occur when the sun is
shining. The unstable conditions are designated by the letters A-C with A is the least stable
condition stable conditions occur on clear, calm nights, when the air near the ground is stratified
and free from turbulence and are designated by the letter E &F. Sometimes an additional category
G is used for exceptionally stable conditions. Neutral conditions correspond to a rate of decrease in
temperature with height of about 1°C per meters, vertically. For the dispersion study D & C
stability class has been considered.
BLEVE (BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION):The event may have
two folds, one; flammable liquid under pressure rapidly spread in to the open area in form of
vapour cloud, two; if this spreading vapour cloud gets any source of ignition, then violently
explosion took place produce missiles effect with secondary fires and create heavy damages to the
surrounding area. The phenomenon is called as BLEVE.
BUND/DYKE:Raised ground or a wall built around a tank or tank farm, to retain spills and
prevent their spread, thus reducing hazards.
BURNING RATE:The value is the rate (in millimeters per minute) at which the depth of a pool of
liquid decreases as the liquid burns.
CAS (CHEMICAL ABSTRACT SERVICE REGISTRY NUMBER):The unique identification

number assigned each compound/chemicals registered with the Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) is
listed to aid in quick identification of the compound.
CARCINOGEN:A substance capable of producing cancer (carcinoma).
CHRONIC:Of long duration or having frequent recurrence. Chronic health effects are those that
become apparent or continue for some time after exposure to hazardous chemicals.
Class ‘A’: Means petroleum having a flash point below 23°C. (e.g. Petrol, Hexane, Toluene,
Naphtha)
Class ‘B’: Means petroleum having a flash point of23°C and above but below 65°C. (e.g. HSD,
SKO, MTO etc.)
Class ‘C’: Means petroleum having a flash point of 65° C and above but below 93° C.
COMBUSTION PRODUCT:Material produced or; generated during the burning or oxidation of a

material.

CONTAMINANT:A harmful, irritating or moisture material that is foreign to the normal

atmosphere.
DANGEROUS OCCURRENCE:Dangerous Occurrences include bursting of vessel collapse of

crane, derrick, hoist, explosion, fire, leakage, escape of any molten metal / hot liquid, explosion of
receiver /container, collapse of building/ structure, as specified under schedule of Rule 103 of GFR
1995 and provision under section 88-A of the Factories Act 1948, where in a factory any
dangerous occurrence as specified occurs weather causing any bodily injury or disability or not.
DENSITY:The mass of Unit Volume of a substance e.g. kg/m3
DISASTER:A disaster is catastrophic consequence of a major emergency / accident that leads to,
not only extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a
pretty long time and requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation
of those affected.
DISTRICT CRISIS GROUP (DCG):The District Crisis Group is the apex body in the district to
deal with major chemical accidents and to provide expert guidance for handling chemical
accidents.
Ref;Schedule 7 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response)

Rule, 1996
DOMINO EFFECT:An effect by which a small hazardous incidence in a unit can escalate to
surrounding area causing heavy damages to man, properties &environment.
EMERGENCY:Emergency means a situation leading to a circumstance or set of circumstances in

which there is danger to the life or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion
or pollution to the work and outside environment, affecting the workers or neighborhood in a
serious manner, demanding immediate action. (Ref. Para 2(j) of Part I of Schedule XIX of Gujarat
Factories Rules 1963(1995).
EMERGENCY INFORMATION PANEL:Every Goods carriage used for transporting any

dangerous or hazardous goods shall be legibly and conspicuously marked with an emergency
information panel in each of three places of the carriage.
ENDOTHERMIC PROCESS:A process accompanied by the absorption of heat.
EVACUATION:Removal of residents and other persons from an area of danger.
FIRE BALL:The burning of a flammable gas cloud, the bulk of which is initially over-rich i.e.
(UFL). The whole cloud appears to be on fire as combustion is taking place at eddy boundaries,
when air is entrained.
FLAMMABILITY LIMITS (UFL- LFL):In fuel-air system a range of composition exists outside
which a flame will not propagate a substantial distance from an ignition source. The limiting fuel
concentrations are termed the upper flammable limit (UFL) and lower Flammable Limit (LFL)
FLASH FIRE:A burning of a flammable vapour cloud at very low flame propagation speed.
FLASH POINT:This is defined as the lowest temperature at which vapours above a combustible
substance will ignite in air when exposed to a flame.
Depending on the test method used, the values given are either Tag closed cup (C. C.) or
Cleveland open cup (O, C.) The values, along with those in 6.2 and 6.5 give an indication of the
relative flammability of the chemical. In general, the open cup value is about 10o to 15oF higher
than the closed cup value.

HAZARD:Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident.” Hazard exists in man and the
system of materials and machines.
HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS:Any substance or material in a quantity or form which may be

harmful to humans, animals, crops, water systems, or other elements of the environment if
accidentally released. Hazardous chemicals include explosives, gases (compressed, liquefied or
dissolved), flammable or combustible liquids, flammable solids substance, toxic, corrosives,
oxidizing substance, poisonous and insecticides substances.
“Hazardous Chemicals” means
 Any Chemical, which satisfies any of the criteria, laid down in Part I of Schedule I and is listed
in column 2 of Part II of the schedule.
 Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 2.
 Any Chemical listed in Column 2 of Schedule 3, as per provisions given below;
 Rule 68J 1 (a) of GUJARAT FACTORIES RULES 1963 (Amended-1995)

 Rule 2(e) of MANUFACTURE, STORAGE AND IMPORT OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL RULES,
1989.
 Rule 2(b) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule,
1996.
HAZARDOUS PROCESS:Any process or activity in relation to an industry specified in the First

Schedule under the Section 2(cb) of the Factories Act 1948 (1987).
HAZCHEM CODES:The HAZCHEM code system was developed by the British Fire Service for use
on vehicles transporting dangerous substances. It consists or either two or three characters. The
first character is a numeral in the range of 1 to 4.
1 – Jets, 2 – Fog, 3 – Foam, 4 - Dry Agent
The second character is a letter selected from the range P, R, S, T, W, X, Y, Z.
Personnel Protection – 1The letter P, R, W or X indicate that a full chemical suit and breathing
apparatus should be warn. 2. The letters S, T, Y & Z indicate that breathing apparatus need only
be warn if the substances are involved in a fire.
Contain or dilute – The letters P, R, S, & T indicate dilution while W X Y & Z indicate containment.
The third character when appearing is E indicates that evacuation of persons in the neighboring
areas must be taken into consideration.
IC (INCIDENT CONTROLLER):He has to tackle the situation of operations on

process/storage/event/occurrence by taking technical decisions to control the emergency by
responding the requisite experienced persons.
IDLH (IMMEDIATELY DANGEROUS TO LIFE AND HEALTH):The level of concentration

immediately dangerous to life or health from which a worker could escape without any impairing
symptoms or any irreversible health effect (NIOSH/OSHA). The concentrations are reported either
parts per million (ppm) or milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3).
IGNITION TEMPERATURE:This is the minimum temperature at which the material will ignite
without a spark or flame being present. Along with the values in 6.1 and 6.2 above, it gives an
indication of the relative flammability of the chemical. It is sometimes called “auto ignition
temperature”.
LC50 (LETHAL CONCENTRATION):Lethal Concentration level for air Bourne toxic substance.

LD50 (LETHAL DOSE):The term LD50 signifies that about 50% of the animals given the specified
dose by mouth will die. Thus for a grade 4 chemical (below 50 mg/kg) the toxic dose for 50% of
animals weighting 70 kg (150 lb) is 70 50 = 3, 500 mg=3.5 gr or less than 1 tea spoonful, it might
be as little as a few drops. For a Grade 1 chemical (5 to 15 g/kg) the LD50 would be between a
pint and a quart for a 150 lb man.
LOCAL CRISIS GROUP (LCG):It is body constituted by Government, in the industrial pocked to
deal with chemical accidents and co-ordinate efforts in planning, preparedness and mitigation of
chemical accidents.
Ref:Schedule 8 of Rule 8 of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response)

Rule1996.
MAJOR ACCIDENT:Major Accident means an incident involving loss of the life inside or outside
the site or ten or more injuries inside and/or one or more injuries outside or release of toxic
chemical or explosion or fire of spillage of hazardous chemical result in ‘On Site’ or ‘Off Site’
emergencies or damage too equipment leading to stoppage of process or adverse effects to the
environment. (Ref. 1Rule 68(J)(1)(d) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004), 2. Rule 2(j) of
Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989. 3. Rule 2(f) of Chemical
Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule, 1996).
MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARDOUS (MAH) INSTALL ION:Isolated storage and industrial activity
at a site, handling (including transport through carrier or pipeline) of hazardous chemicals equal to
or in excess of the threshold quantities specified in column 3 of Schedule 2 and 3 respectively.
Ref:Rule 2(g) of Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness & Response) Rule1996.
ODOUR THRESHOLD:The lowest concentration of an air contaminant that can be detected by

smell.
OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN:The objective of an Off Site Emergency Plan is to protect the life
and property of the neighborhood areas of the industrial unit. Off Site Emergency Plan shall be
prepared by Government Authorities as per Rule 14 of MSIHC Rules 1989 and follow the
instruction under provision of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.
ON SITE EMERGENCY PLAN:On Site Emergency Plan is to be prepared by occupier of industrial

Units as per Schedule 8A under Rule 68(J)(12) of Gujarat Factories Rules 1963(2004). Ref: Section
41(B)(4) of The Factories Act 1948, Schedule XI under Rule 13 of MSIHC Rules 1989, and Rule
5,7, & 9 of CA(EPPR) Rules 1996.
OSHA:Occupational Safety and Health Administration – U. S. Federal Agency
OVER PRESSURE:Maximum pressure above atmosphere pressure experienced during the

pressure of a blast wave from an explosion.
PLUME:Hazardous gas / vapour / cloud resulting from a continuous source release.
PUFF:Plum is instantaneous release of a gas / vapour from the source.
POOL FIRE:A pool of flammable liquid burning with a stationary diffusion flame
RESPONSE:The efforts to minimize the risks created in an emergency by protecting the people,
the environment and the property, and the efforts to return the scene to normal pre-emergency
conditions. Persons who perform the various response functions are termed “RESPONDERS”.
RISK:Risk of an accident may be defined as “the chance or probability or likelihood of an accident

being caused in a given man-material-machine system.

SENSITIVE POPULATIONS:Groups of people that may be more susceptible than the general
population to the toxic effects of the release due to pre-existing health condition (patients in
hospitals, pregnant women etc.) or age (elderly people infants, handicaps).
SPILL:Spill is large liquid releases from a bulk storage tank/process vessel.
SMC (SITE MAN CONTROLLER): He is overall responsible for directing operations & decides the
actions, consulting with incident controller &seniors, and handle &control the emergency.
SHORT – TERM INHALATION LIMIT (STEL):The parts of vapour (gas) per million parts of
contaminated air by volume at 25OC (77OF) and at one atmosphere of pressure is given. The limits
are given in milligrams per cubic meter for chemical that form a fine mist or dust. The values given
are the maximum permissible average exposures for the time periods specified.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY:The specific Gravity of a chemicals is the ratio of the weight of the solid or
liquid to the weight of an equal volume of water at 4OC (or at some other specified temperature) If
the specific gravity is less than 1.0 (or less than 1.03 in sea water) the chemical will float, if higher
it will sink.
TLV (THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE):TLV refer to airborne concentration of substances. There are
three categories of TLV.
TLV – TWA – Time Weighted Average.
TLV – STEL – Short term Exposure limit
TLV – for gases and vapour is usually expressed in PPM. (Part of the gas/vapour/million parts of
air)
TOXIC CLOUD:Air borne mass of gases, vapours, fumes, dust or aerosols of toxic materials.
TOXICITY:The ability of a substance to cause damage to living tissue, impairment of the central
nervous system, serve illness or death when ingested, inhaled or absorbed by the skin.
VAPOUR CLOUD:Air borne dispersing hazardous vapours, which may or may not be visible as a
“Cloud”

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND
1.1 Purpose of the Report

The proposed project is green field project for installation of facilities for manufacturing of
varieties of speciality products by M/s. Croda India Company Private Limited (‘Croda’). The
proposed project will be located at Plot No. D2/CH 21, Dahej GIDCPhase II, Taluka Vagra, Dist
Bharuch.
As per the EIA Notification dated September 14th 2006, the proposed project falls in Schedule 5(f)
and B category.
Although the project is of Category “B”, requires public hearing as GIDC Dahej is declared Notified
Industrial Estate in 2009 and as per circular number J-11013/36/2014- IA-I dated 10th December,
2014 from MoEF, public hearing is required in those industrial area which are notified after
September 14th 2006.
The purpose of this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report for Croda to:
 Provide essential documentation required as part of the regulatory Environmental Compliance

cycle as practiced in India.
 Form a reliable decision making tool for Regulators including the Expert Advisory Committee –
Industry (EAC, SEIAA)
 Form a basis for post project monitoring of the Project by the Proponents/ MoEF / SEIAA/
other Regulators to ensure that commitments made as a part of the Environment and Social
Management Plans (ESMPs) are actually implemented and result in desired outcomes.
The contents of EIA report are based on the latest applicable rules and regulation, notification and
final Terms of Reference (ToR) prescribed for the project by the SEIAA, Gujarat.
The EIA report has been prepared based on the field studies and relevant analysis carried out by
Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam”). Details about Kadam’s accreditations and team
members are provided in Chapter 12 of this report.
1.2 Identification of the Project Proponent and the Project
1.2.1 About the Croda India Company Pvt. Ltd.
Croda International is a global leader in speciality chemicals. Croda was formed in Yorkshire,
England in 1925 to make lanolin, effective rust preventive. Croda is firmly established as a global
leader in natural based speciality chemicals and well placed to meet the challenges of the twenty
first century.Croda has a number of manufacturing facilities around the world, notably in countries
like the UK, USA, Singapore, Brazil, Japan, India and France.
Croda India Company Pvt. Ltd. is 100% subsidiary of Croda International Plc and is responsible
for sales and marketing of all Croda products in the Indian subcontinent.
Croda India Company Pvt. Ltd.is an ISO 9001, ISO14001 & OHSAS 18001 certified company and is
located at Plot No. 1/1 Part, TTC Industrial area, Koparkhairne, Navi Mumbai 400 710.
Croda India is responsible for manufacturing as well as sales & marketing of Croda products in the
Indian subcontinent, servicing a range of industries, including personal care, health
care/nutritional, home care, polymer additives, textiles, fibers, polymers & coatings,
agrochemicals, lubricants and general industrial applications. The product range also includes

specialty products made by group companies Sederma and Crodarom, which are mainly used in
personal care applications.
1.2.2 The Project
The proposed project is green field project for installation of facilities for manufacturing of
varieties of speciality products. The proposed project will be located at Plot No. D2/ CH 21, Dahej
Phase II,GIDC, Taluka Vagra, Dist Bharuch. The estimated cost of the proposed project is INR 250
Crores. Total plot area is 1,00,000 m2. The detailed production capacities are given as below
inTable 1-1.
Table 1-1: Production Capacity

S. Product Production Capacity,
Product
No. Category MTPA
Amine Alkoxylate
Cardanol Alkoxylate
Oil Alkoxylate
Fatty Acid Alkoxylate
Fatty Alcohol Alkoxylate
Glycerin Alkoxylate
1 Alkoxylates 30000
Alkyl Alcohol Alkoxylate
Aryl Alcohol and derivatives Alkoxylate
Ester Alkoxylate
Synthetic Alcohol Alkoxylate
Copolymers of EO and PO
Formulation of various alkoxylates
Span Esters
Polyol Esters
Fatty Alcohol Esters
2 Esters and Quats Glycerol Esters 10000
Polymeric Glycol Esters
Quarternaries
Formulation of various Esters
Napthalene Sulphonates and derivaties
Fatty Alcohol sulphates and derivatives
Alkyl Alcohol sulphates and derivatives
Sulphates and Ester sulphate and derivatives
3 7000
Sulphonates Oil sulphates and derivatives
Alkoxylate sulphates and derivatives
Formulation blends of Sulphonates and
derivatives
Fatty Alcohol Phosphate Esters
Alkyl Alcohol Phosphate Esters
4 Phosphate Esters 7000
Ether Phosphate Esters
Alkoxylates Phosphate Esters
Formulation Blends
5 Formulated Blends 6000
CABS based forumlation blends
Total 60000

1.3 Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its
Importance to Country, Region
1.3.1 Nature of the Project
The proposed project is plans to set up a new plant for manufacturing 60,000 MT/annum of
manufacturing of varieties of specialty products at the new site in Dahej. The estimated cost of
the proposed project is INR ~ 250 crores, to be implemented in a phase wise manner.
1.3.2 Size of the Project
The proposed project will cover a plot area of 1,00,000 m2. The Production capacities are as
mentioned inTable 1-1.
1.3.3 Location
The proposed project is located at plot no. D2/CH 21 of GIDC Dahej, Phase II in Bharuch District
of Gujarat state. Photographs showing the project site are presented inPhotograph 1-1.
Photograph 1-1: Photographs Showing to the Project Site
Project site High tension line in East direction
Railway line adjacent to project site in North Photo showing distance of project boundary
direction from railway track

Taking Lat-Long reading at site Front view of ProjectSite
GIDC Road at South side of the site Over view of site
1.4 Importance of the Project to the Country/Region

Today, Croda India is engaged in manufacturing and sale of speciality chemicals and a supplier of
choice for leading companies in a wide range of industries. Company has its Corporate office &
manufacturing site atPlot 1/1 Part TTC Industrial Area, Thane Belapur Road, Koparkhairne, Navi
Mumbai - 400 710, India.
Croda India offers its customers a unique combination of various technology platforms, product
development skills and applications expertise and market knowledge. Company has developed
application expertise and an underlying diversified portfolio of products that cut across virtually all
types of industries varying from textiles, fibre processing, health and personal care, lubricants,
polymerization, resin emulsification, crop protection and others. Supported by an application
research and manufacturing facilities, the business has established an image of quality supplier
and is the market leader in the above segments.
Croda manufactures a uniquely broad portfolio of speciality chemical products. These provide
enhanced functionality when used as ingredients or processing aids for a cross section of
industries which includes consumer care manufacturing personal care products for Skin care, sun
care, hair care, baby care, colour cosmetics, male grooming, bath and shower and antiperspirants
etc.
Croda also markets the industrial specialties products used in home care like ingredients for
laundry, household, industrial and institutional cleaning applications, as well as for wipes, tissues,
nappies and hygiene articles. The products marketed as process additives include ingredients for
use in a range of market applications including rubber, candles, textiles, and surfactants. The

Polymer Additives are the products used for specialty effects for industrial and consumer plastics,
packaging and rubber applications.
Croda also markets environmentally friendly, high performance solutions to paint formulators,
resin manufacturers and additive producers that include a range of speciality surfactants.
The products marketed as lubricant additives includes ingredients based on renewable materials to
automotive and industrial markets that have multi-functional esters, polyalkylene glycols and
speciality lubricant additive products deliver high performance, energy efficient solutions to meet
the challenging demands of the lubricant industry.
The Indian economy is currently the eighth largest in the world with a GDP of approximately £1
trillion. It has been growing at an average of 8% for the past 5 years and is forecast to continue
to grow at 5 to 6% over the next few years across all sectors. Though there are some concerns
like inflation, rising costs and infrastructure constraints, the growth momentum is expected to
continue.
The economic buoyancy is expected to generate opportunities across segments for Croda India.
There is a growing middle class and a small but even more rapidly growing higher income group.
A shift towards premium and efficacious products makes the opportunity for speciality ingredients
even more attractive. Alkoxylates and Esters categories are particularly growing fast in current
market.
For reasons such as- lack of space for future expansion at Thane, proximity to EO source etc, it is
important to develop Dahej site for future capacity expansion.
1.4.1 Investment
An investment of ~ INR 250 crores will be done in the project.
1.4.2 Direct Jobs
Around ~ 500 jobs will be direct and contractual employees created by the setting up of the
project during its operational lifecycle.
1.4.3 Indirect Jobs
During the construction and Execution phase of the project, it is estimated that about ~300
workers will be involved. In addition, ancillary job creation will take place, as happens in all
industries including for: transportation, facilities management, testing and calibration, security and
similar services.
1.5 Scope of the Study

The status of the progress of Croda’s EC application is provided in Table 1-2.
Table 1-2: Project Status

S. No. Process Date
1 Submission of Form I along with Proposed ToR to SEAC, Gujarat 27 January 2015
th
2 Presentation for Terms of References (ToR) for EIA study at SEAC, Gujarat 12th May 2015
4 Receipt of ToR Letter from SEAC, Gujarat 7th July 2015
As per the ToR letter issued by the SEAC, attached asAnnexure 1.The scope of work for this EIA
included collection of baseline data with respect to major environmental components, viz. air,
noise, water, land, biological and socio-economic components for one season.

This EIA report complies with the Terms of Reference issued by the Expert Appraisal Committee
(EAC), SEAC Gujarat. Summarized details of the same are provided inTable 1-3.
Table 1-3: Compliance with the Terms of References

S.
ToR Point ToR Action Plan
No.
Copy of plot holding certificate obtained from Copy of plot holding certificate is attached as
1
GIDC Dahej. Annexure 2, Page251.
Details of present landuse pattern of the study
Present land use pattern of the study area shall area are given in Chapter 3, Section 3.4,
2
be given based on satellite imagery. Page 78 and Land use map is given in Figure
3-1, Page 81
Layout plan of the factory premises. Provision of
separate entry & exit and adequate margin all-
round the periphery for unobstructed easy Lay out plan of the factory is given in Chapter
3
movement of the emergency Vehicle/fire tenders 2, Figure 2-3, Page 41
without reversing back. Mark the same in the
plant layout.
Revised list of products showing production
Product list is given in Chapter 1, Table 1-1,
4 capacity of each combined production capacity for
Page 27
group of the products.
Technical details of the plans along with details on
Details of best available technologies are given in
5 best available technologies (BAT), proposed
Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Page 43
technology and reasons for selecting the same.
Details of manufacturing process/operations of Details of manufacturing process along with
each product along with chemical reactions, mass chemical reactions & mass balance are given in
6 balance, consumption of raw materials etc. Details Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Page 44
on strategy for the implementation of cleaner Details of raw material consumption are given in
production activities. Table 2-10, Page 54
Chemical name of each proposed product to be Chemical name of products are given in Chapter
7 manufactured. Details on end use of each 1, Table 1-1, Page 27and End use of products
product. are given in Chapter 2, Table 2-8, Page 50
Mass balance is given in Chapter 2, Section
Detailed mass balance and water balance
2.6, Page 44. Water balance is given in
(including reuse-recycle, if any) along with
8 Chapter 2, Figure 2-10, Page 62. Quality of
qualitative and quantitative analysis of the each
waste water is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-15,
Waste stream from the processes.
Page 65
Assessment of source of the water supply with
Details are given in Chapter 2, Section2.13,
adequacy of the same to meet with the
Page 59
requirements for the project.
Permission obtained from the GIDC for supply of Copy of plot holding certificate showing
9
raw water. permission for supply of raw water from the
GIDC is given in Annexure 2, Page 251.
Undertaking stating that no bore well shall be dug
Undertaking is given in Annexure 13, Page
within the premises.
319
Explore the possibility of reuse/recycle and other
cleaner production options for reduction of Water conservation measures are given in
10
wastes. Details of methods to be adopted for the Chapter 2, Section 2.13.5, Page 68
water conservation.
Qualitative and quantitative analysis of waste
water to be generated from the manufacturing Quantity and Quality of waste water generated is
11
process of each product to be manufactured along given in Chapter 2, Table 2-15, Page 65
with mass balance.

S.
No.
Waste water generation, Treatment and disposal
Segregation of waste streams and details on
12 details are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.13.2
specific treatment and disposal of each stream.
to 2.13.4, Page 61 to 64
Submit action Plan for minimization of waste
Water conservation measures are given in
13 water discharge by maximum reuse / recycle of
Chapter 2, Section 2.13.5, Page 68
treated waste water.
Details of ETP including dimensions of each unit
along with schematic flow diagram. Inlet,
transitional and treated effluent qualities with
specific efficiency of each treatment unit in
reduction in respect of all concerned/regulated Details of ETP are given in Chapter 2, Section
14
environmental parameters. Inlet effluent quality 2.13.4, Page 64
should be based on worst case scenario
considering production of most polluting products
that can be manufactured in the plant
concurrently.
Copy of permission letter with quantity from the Copy of permission letter with quantity from the
authority of GIDC drainage -network, Dahej authority of GIDC drainage for disposal of treated
15
regarding confirmation for spare capacity available water is giving in Chapter 2, Figure 2-11,
to take additional effluent load in GlDC drainage. Page 63
Proposal to provide and maintain separate electric
Noted and will be provided separate electrical
meter, operational logbook for effluent treatment
16 meter, flow meter and maintain separate logbook
systems, online meters for monitoring of flow, pH,
for ETP.
TOC/COD, etc. of effluent discharge.
Application wise break-up of effluent quantity to
be recycled / reused in various application Like
Water balance diagram is given in Chapter 2,
sprinkling for dust control and green belt
Figure 2-10, Page 62
development etc. ln case of land application,
Also Separate line for effluent drains with side
17 details on availability of sufficient open land for
barriers will be provided to avoid any
utilizing effluent for plantation / gardening. How it
contamination of surface water sources during
will be ensured that treated effluent won't flow
rainy season.
outside the premises linked with storm water
during high rainy days.
The ETP scheme is suggested by setting best
Economical and technical viability of the effluent techno commercial option of treatment and
18
treatment system. which is covered under Section 2.13.4 of
Chapter 2 on Page 64
Plans for management, collection and disposal of
Adequate storage will be provided to store
waste streams to be generates from spillage,
effluent generated from the various areas during
19 leakages, vessel washing, used container washing
any unavoidable circumstances. Also plant shall
etc. Measures proposed for preventing effluent
be shut down during this type of situation
discharge during unforeseen circumstances.
Separate electric meter will be provided at ETP.
Undertaking stating that a separate electric meter
20 Undertaking is given in Annexure 13, Page
will be provided for the ETP.
319
One season Site-specific micro-meteorological
data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly Site specific micro-meteorological data are given
21
wind speed and direction and rainfall should be in Chapter 3, Section 3.7, Page 84
incorporated.
Anticipated environmental impacts due to the Anticipated environment impacts due to
22
proposed project/production may be evaluated for proposed project are given in Chapter 4, Page

S.
No.
significance and based on corresponding likely 121
impacts VECs (valued Environmental Components)
may be identified. Baseline studies may be
conducted within the study area of 5 km for all
the concerned/identified VECs and likely impacts,
likely impacts have to be assessed for their
magnitude in order to identify mitigation
measures.
Monitoring has been carried out in Winter Season
One complete season base line ambient air 2014-15.
quantity data (except monsoon) to be given along We have done additional one month ambient air
with the dates of monitoring. The parameters to monitoring at all location in June 2015.
be covered shall be in accordance with the revised Sampling locations of AAQ is given in Chapter
National Ambient Air Quality Standards as well as 3,Table 3-8, Page 88
project specific parameters Like NH3, HCI etc. Analysis results of AAQ monitoring are given in
Locations of the monitoring stations should be so Table 3-9, Page 90 and Table 3-10, Page 92
23 decided so as to take into consideration the pre- Detailed base line ambient air quality data is
dominant downwind direction. Population zone given in Annexure 6along with the dates of
and sensitive receptors. There should be at least monitoring.
one monitoring station in the upwind direction. Wind-rose diagram is given in Figure 3-2, Page
There should be at least one monitoring station in 87
the pre dominant downwind direction at a location IMD data of Bharuch District are given
where maximum ground level concentration is inAnnexure 7, Page 277
likely to occur. National Ambient Air Quality Standards are given
in Annexure 9, Page 312
Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient
air quality due to proposed activities. The details
of model used and input parameters used for
Modeling indicating the likely impact on ambient
modelling should be provided. The air quality
air quality due to proposed activities and details
contours may be shown on location map clearly
of model used and input parameters used for
indicating the location of sensitive receptors, if
modeling is provided in Chapter 4, Section
24 any, and the habitation. The wind rose showing
4.4.3, Page 140
pre-dominant wind direction should also be
Dispersion modelling results and Isopleths for
indicated on the map. Impact due to vehicular
PM, SO2, NOx and NH3 are given in Annexure
movement shall also be included into the
8, Page 287
prediction using suitable model. Results of Air
dispersion modeling should be superimposed on
google map / geographical area map.
Baseline monitoring for noise environment is
Base line status of the noise environment, impact given in Chapter 3, Section 3.9, Page 94 and
of noise on present environment due to the impact of noise on present environment due to
25
project and proposed measures for noise the project and proposed measures for noise
reduction including engineering controls. reduction including engineering controls are
given in chapter 4, Section 4.5, Page 144
26 Specific details of
Process gas emission from each unit process with Details of process gas emission are given in
i
its quantification, Chapter 2, Section 2.15.2, Page 72
Air pollution control Measures proposed for
Air pollution control Measures proposed for
ii process gas emission are given in Chapter 2,
process gas emission,
Section 2.15.3, Page 73
iii Adequacy of the air pollution control measures for SufficientAir Pollution Control measures systems

S.
No.
process gas emission, measures to achieve the are provided on process vents and adequate
GPCB norms stack height is provided at flue gas stacks to
meet GPCB norms.
Utilities are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.12,
iv Details of the utilities required
Page 58
Type and quantity of fuel to be used for each Fuel details are given in Chapter 2, Section
v
utility 2.14, Page 72
Flue gas emission rate is given in Chapter 4,
vi Flue gas emission rate from each utility
Table 4-7, Page 139
Air Pollution Control Measures proposed to each
Air Pollution Control Measures proposed to each
vii of the utility are given in Chapter 2, Section
of the utility along with its adequacy
2.15.3, Page 73
As there will be closed system from storage of
raw material to packing of products, there will be
List the sources of fugitive emission along with its minimal chances of fugitive emission. At the
viii quantification and proposed measures to control same, minor fugitive emission will be connected
it. to different scrubber. At the detectors will be
provided in processing and storage area for key
pollutants.
Fuel (Natural Gas) will be sourced from M/s.
A confirmed fuel linkage along with the supportive
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited
27 documents of long term supply of fuel for the
(GSPCL). Agreement between Croda and GSPCL
project requirements should be provided
is given in Annexure 10, Page 314
Details on management the hazardous wastes be
generated from the project stating detail of
storage area for each type of waste, its handling.
Its utilization and disposal-etc. How the manual Details of solid and hazardous waste are given in
28
handling of the hazardous wastes will be Chapter 2, Section 2.16, Page 74
minimized. Methodology of de-contamination and
disposal of discarded containers and its record
keeping.
Croda has also explored Explore the possibilities
for Co-processing of the hazardous waste prior to
Explore the possibilities for Co-processing of the disposal into TSDF/CHWIF and has taken
29 hazardous waste prior to disposal into acceptance letter from M/s. Ambuja Cement for
TSDF/CHWIF. co-processing the hazardous waste. Copy of
acceptance letter is given in Chapter 2, Figure
2-15, Page 76
Membership of Common Environmental
Membership of BEIL is given in Chapter 2,
30 Infrastructure including the TSDF/ Common
Figure 2-14, Page 76
Incineration Facility, If any.
Complete management plan of the byproducts &
spent acids which are recyclable/reusable within
Not applicable as there will be no generation of
31 the premises and all the relevant details of by
byproducts & spent acids.
products & spent acids which are not recyclable /
reusable within the premises.
Name and address of end consumers to whom
any hazardous waste / by-product will be sold.
Not applicable as there will not be generation of
32 Copies of agreement / MoU Letter of intent from
by-production.
them, showing their willingness to purchase said
waste / by-produce from the proposed project.

S.
No.
Name and quantity of each type of solvents to be Solvents used such as Calcium salt of Alkyl
used for proposed production. Details of solvent Benzene Sulphonate (CABS), Iso Propyl Alcohol
33 recovery system including mass balance solvent (IPA), N-Butanol are part of formulation and
loss, recovery efficiency feasibility of reusing the spent solvent will not be generated. Hence
recovered solvents etc. for each type of solvent. solvent recovery is not given.
A detailed EMP including the Protection and
Detailed EMP including protection and mitigation
Mitigation measures for Impact on human health
measures are given in Chapter 10.
and environment as well as detailed monitoring
Environmental Monitoring Programme is given in
plan and environmental management cell
Chapter 6.
proposed for implementation and monitoring of
Water conservation method is given Chapter 2,
34 EMP. The EMP should also include the concept of
Section 2.13.5, Page 68
waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover
Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum
techniques, energy conservation, and natural
earmarked for environment pollution control
resource conservation. Total capital cost and
measures are given in Chapter 10, Section
recurring cost/annum earmarked for environment
10.10, Page 229
pollution control measures.
Permission from PESO for EO & PO storage are
Permission from PESO, Nagpur tor storage of
35 attached as Annexure 3&Annexure 4
solvents, other toxic chemicals, if any.
respectively.
Occupational health impacts on the workers and
Required safety measures will be taken to ensure
mitigation measures proposed to avoid the human
that chemicals will remain well within the
health hazards along with the personal protective
PEL/TLV. Regular medical checkup will be carried
equipment to be provided. Provision of industrial
out to monitor the health.
hygienist and monitoring of the occupational
36 Detailed occupational health management plan is
injury to workers as well as impact on the
provided in Chapter 7, Section 7.5.2, Page
workers. Plan for periodic medical checkup of the
211
workers exposed. Details of work place ambient
Disaster Management Plan is given in Chapter
air quality monitoring plan as per Gujarat
7, Section 7.4, Page 198
Factories Rules.
Out of the processes under consideration,
following chemicals Methylamines and
Acetonitrile can be considered as VOC.
However, all of these chemicals are extremely
soluble in water. All the plants will be operated
as a closed system and will be completely
Details on volatile organic compounds (VOCs) automated with different layers of protection and
37 from the plant operations safety interlocks. Because of this, fugitive
safety and health protection measures. emissions will be very unlikely. Still, each plant
will have a dedicated vent header connected to a
well-designed two stage Water Scrubber
designed to completely absorb any VOC. Since all
the VOCs are completely soluble in water, there
will minimum fugitive emission to atmosphere
within permissible limit.
Risk assessment including prediction of the worst-
List of hazardous chemicals along with quantity
case scenario and maximum credible accident
and properties is given in Chapter 2, Table
Scenarios should be carried out. The worst-case
2-9, Page 53
scenario should take into account the maximum
38 Storage details is given Chapter 2, Table 2-10
inventory of storage at site at any point of time.
and Table 2-11, Page 54
The risk contours should be plotted on the plant
Onsite emergency plan for same chemical unit is
layout map clearly showing which of the facilities
given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4, Page 198
would be affected in case of an accident taking

S.
No.
place. Based on the same proposed safeguard
measures including On-
Site / Off-Site Emergency Plan should be
provided.
Properties of all the chemicals are given in
Chapter 2, Table 2-9, Page 53
39 MSDS of all the products and raw materials.
MSDS of all the products and raw materials are
given in soft copy (CD).
Details of hazardous characteristics and toxicity of
raw materials and products to be handled and the Characteristics of raw material and products will
40 control measures proposed to ensure safety and identified from MSDS is given in Chapter 2,
avoid the human health impacts. This shall include Table 2-9, Page 53
the details of Antidotes also.
Details of quantity of each hazardous chemical
(including solvents) to be stored, Material of
Construction of major hazardous chemical storage
Details of hazardous chemical or solvent stored
tanks, dyke details, threshold storage quantity as
with MOC of storage tanks, dyke details,
per schedules of the Manufacture, Storage &
41 threshold storage quantity, size of the biggest
import of hazardous Chemicals Rules of major
storage are given in Chapter 7, Table 7-6,
hazardous chemicals, size of the biggest storage
Page 180
tank to be provided for each raw material &
product etc. How the manual handling of the
hazardous chemicals will be minimized?
Details of the separate isolated storage area for
flammable chemicals. Details of flame proof Separate storage of raw materials and hazardous
electrical fittings, DCP extinguishers and other chemicals are provided in area 947 m2
safety measures proposed. Detailed fire control Flame proof electrical fittings will be provided.
42
plan for flammable substances and processes Details of extinguishers and other safety
showing hydrant pipeline network, provision of DG measures are provided in Chapter 7, Section
Sets, fire pumps, jockey pump, toxic gas detectors 7.4.5, Page 208
etc.
Submit checklist in the form of Do's & Don'ts of
preventive maintenance strengthening of HSE, Checklists of Do’s & Don’ts are given in Chapter
43
manufacturing utility staff for safety related 7, Table 7-25, Page 211
measures.
Detailed five year greenbelt development program
including annual budget, types &number of trees Detailed five year greenbelt development
to be planted, area under green belt development program including annual budget, types
(with map), budgetary outlay; along with &number of trees to be planted, area under
44
commitment of the management to carry out the green belt development [with map], budgetary
tree plantation activities outside the premises at outlay are given in Chapter 10, Section
appropriate places in the nearby areas and 10.6.1, Page 224
elsewhere.
Detailed socio-economic development measures
Detailed socio-economic development measures
including community welfare program most
including community welfare program most useful
useful in the project area for the overall
in the project area for the overall improvement of
improvement of the environment are given in
the environment. Submit a detailed plan for social
45 Chapter 4, Section 4.11, Page 161
corporate responsibilities, with appropriate
Detailed plan for social corporate responsibilities,
budgetary provisions for the next five years and
with appropriate budgetary provisions for the
activities proposed to be carried out, specific to
next five years and activities proposed to be
the current demographic status of the area.
carried out are given in Chapter 4, Section

S.
No.
4.11.1, Page 163
A tabular chart for the issues raised and
addressed during public hearing/consultation and
commitment of the project proponent on the
46 same should be provided. An action plan to Will be incorporated after public hearing
address the issues to be raised during public
hearing and the necessary allocation of funds for
the same should be provided.
(a) Does the company have a well laid down
Environment Policy approved by its Board of
Directors? if so, it may be detailed in the IA
report. (b). Does the Environment Policy prescribe Policy of Croda is given in Annexure 12, Page
47
for standard operating process / procedures to 318
bring into focus any infringement / deviation /
violation of the environmental or forest norms /
conditions ? lf so, it may be detailed in the EIA.
What is the hierarchical system or administrative
order of the company to deal with the Environment management cell will be provided
48 environmental issues and for ensuring compliance and details are given in Chapter 10, Section
with the EC conditions? Details of this system may 10.9, Page 229
be given.
Does the company have a system of reporting of
non-compliances / violations of environmental
Environment management cell will be provided
norms lo the Board of Directors of the company
49 and details are given in Chapter 10, Section
and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?
10.9, Page 229
This reporting mechanism should be detailed in
the EIA Report.
Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET, Certificate of accreditation issued by the NABET,
50 QCI to the environmental consultant should be QCI to the environmental consultant is attached
incorporated in the EIA Report. as Annexure 17, Page 405
A tabular chart with index for point-wise
51 Provided in Chapter 1, Table 1-3, Page 31
compliance of above-ToRs.

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
2.1 Type of the Project

Croda plans to produce varieties of specialty products. The proposed project will be located at Plot
No. D2/ CH 21, GIDC Dahej Phase II, Taluka Vagra, Dist Bharuch. The total plot area of the unit is
about 1,00,000 m2.
2.2 Need for the Project

The consumers are upgrading to better quality products and consumption levels are increasing
rapidly as well. e.g. Per Capita consumption of Personal Care products in India is still 10 times
lower than China. Markets in these categories are expected to grow anywhere between 7-15% per
annum for next few years.
As customers continue to invest in new capacities, with current market demand projections, Croda
Thane site capacities will be running full in coming 3-5 years. Any disruption in material supply due
to capacity constraint will be business detrimental.
It is therefore proposed to expand manufacturing capacities at Dahej site. This will cater to the
increasing needs of our customers.
2.2.1 Location (maps showing general location, specific location, project boundary &
project site layout)
Proposed project is located at Plot No. D-2/CH 21 of GIDC Dahej, Phase II in District Bharuch of
Gujarat State. The general location of the proposed project in India is presented inFigure 2-1.
Map showing the project boundary is shown asFigure 2-2, whereas the site co-ordinates are
shown inTable 2-1. Similarly the site layout map is presented as Figure 2-3and area breakup at
site is given inTable 2-2.
Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of Project Site

Point Latitude Longitude
A 21° 43’ 55.24” 72° 37’ 10.24”
B 21° 43’ 56.44” 72° 37’ 17.10”
C 21° 43’ 12.37” 72° 37’ 14.97”
D 21° 43’ 7.03” 72° 37’ 8.94”

PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT
CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-1: Site Location Map

Figure 2-2: Map Showing Project Boundary

PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY
CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-3: Site Layout Map

Table 2-2: Area Break up at Site

S. No. Area Area in m2 % of Plot Area
1 Ware house 3164.94 3.16
2 Admin Block 673.23 0.67
3 Manufacturing Unit 1 814.61 0.81
4 Canteen & Amenities 698.64 0.7
5 Class 'A' Storage Shed 1165.12 1.16
6 Class 'B' Storage Shed 1319.84 1.32
8 Utility Building 325.22 0.33
9 Security Kiosk 8.98 0.01
10 Contractors Shed 278.54 0.28
11 QA QC & Production Office 521.00 0.52
12 Electrical Panel Room 275.04 0.27
13 Water Tank & Pump Room 1043.49 1.04
14 Scrap Yard 508.00 0.51
16 EO & PO Tank Farm Shed 1 1431.84 1.43
17 EO & PO Tank Farm Shed 2 1433.25 1.43
18 Cooling Tower 54.00 0.05
19 ETP 1737.45 1.74
20 Parking 979.95 0.98
21 Greenbelt 10430.76 31.12
22 Road Area 17715.00 17.71
23 For Future Expansion 23432.50 23.42
24 Open Area 30398.38 9.72
Total 100039.00 100.00
2.3 Size or Magnitude of the Project

The proposed project is for the manufacturing of installation of facilities for manufacturing of
varieties of specialty products. Production capacity is given in Table 1-1. The estimated cost of
the project is ~ INR 250 crores. Approximately capital cost on environmental protection measures
will be INR 468.22Lacs and recurring cost will be INR 524 Lac/annum.
2.4 Approach and Connectivity to Facility

Proposed Project Site is located at GIDC- Dahej, Taluka Vagra, and District Bharuch in south
Gujarat. Dahej, now a days is well known industrial region and developing very fast, it has also a
PCPIR region. Bharuch, is a district Headquarter as well as major Town and proposed site is
located at an aerial distance of 33.2 km towards W direction.
By Road
SH 6 is the main approach road from Bharuch to Project site. It is six lane state highway from
Bharuch up to Dahej, lies at an aerial distance of 2.66 km towards S direction. It further goes
towards Amod via Dahej &Gandhar, commonly known as Dahej-Amod road lies at aerial distance
of 2.55 km towards WNW direction. Site is located between two village roads. One connects SH6

to Vadadla – Vav and Kadodra villages passing from E direction of the site and SH-6 crossing at
Jolva to Vav and Kadodra villages passing from W direction of the proposed site location. Dahej
Village is main center of this industrial region, at an aerial distance of about 6.0 km towards SW
direction from proposed project site. Vagra is a Taluka HQ village at an aerial distance of about
23.0 km towards NE direction from site. Dahej is well connected to Bharuch by State Transport
Buses and Private vehicles.
By Rail
Site is also approachable by railway which connected Bharuch and Dahej via Samni& Vagra. This
railway line passing through NW to SW direction from project site. Dahej is nearest railway station
at an aerial distance of about 6.10 km towards SW direction from project site. District Head
Quarter Bharuch is a Major railway station lies on Mumbai-Vadodara mainline, at an aerial distance
of about 37.0 km towards ESE direction from projects site. Bharuch is well connected with various
parts of the country.
By Air
Nearest domestic airport from proposed project site is located at Vadodara, at an aerial distance of
about 95 km towards NE direction. Vadodara is well connected with Mumbai and Delhi with daily
multiple flights.
Ahmedabad Airport (Domestic as well as international) is located at about 150 km towards N

direction from project site. Regular flights to all aver India and abroad are available from here.
By Water
Dahej is a port Village lies on the Bay of Cambay, having a small jetty under maritime board. It is
situated 10.2 km towards W direction from project site. There are several other private jetties
developed by industries.
2.5 Best Available Technologies (BAT)

Croda employs a wide range of technologies to transform basic natural oils and fats into speciality
chemicals for a diverse range of markets. Croda India is responsible for sales & marketing of all
Croda products in India and offers sales, marketing & technical service support throughout the
Indian subcontinent. Products are broadly classified within the following categories of Alkoxylates,
Esters and Quats, Sulphates and Sulphonates, Phosphate Esters and Formulated Blends.
These are manufactured in different batch plants - processes and technologies for which are
based on in-house designs and know-how. These are optimized for safety, productivity and energy
efficiency, wherever possible. In addition, there are in compliance with Croda Group's internal
stringent RGP (relevant good practices) and Directives in various areas - which are adaptation of
Best Available Technology in relevant areas. Design, implementation and maintenance of these are
audit by Croda Group periodically in addition to audit by third party against OHSAS 18001, ISO
14001 and ISO 9001.
Few examples of Best Available Technologies are Storage and Transpiration of Ethylene Oxide,
used of renewable energy for water heating, process optimization, washing matrix for waste
reduction without compromising washing efficacy.

2.6 Manufacturing Processes with Flow Diagram and Mass Balance
2.6.1 Alkoxylates (Ehoxylated/ Propoxylated Products)
Process Description
Ethylene Oxide (EO) and / or Propylene Oxide (PO), react with compounds containing a labile
hydrogen atom to form nonionic surfactants containing a hydroxy ethyl and / or a 2-Hydroxy
propyl group.
Reaction Chemistry
X–H + H2C – CH2 X – CH2 – CH2 - OH
\ / (NaOH) Hydroxy ethyl
Hydrophobe Ethylene Sodium hydroxide Adduct (A)
Oxide (Catalyst)
CH3 CH3
/ /
X–H + H2C – CH X – CH2 – CH - OH
\ / (NaOH) 2-Hydroxy propyl
Hydrophobe Propylene Sodium hydroxide
Oxide (Catalyst)
The monoadduct ‘A’ on subsequent addition of EO in a polymerization reaction (polyethoxylation)

gives the product.
X – CH2 – CH2 – OH + n C2H4O X – CH2 – CH2 – O – (CH2 – CH2 – O )n- H
Product (B)
XH HOH, H2NH, HRNH, R2NH, R-COOH, R-CONH2, HSH, RSH, ROH

Figure 2-4: Flow diagram for Alkoxylates (Ethoxylated/ Propoxylated Products)

Table 2-3: Mass Balance for Alkoxylates (Ethoxylated/ Propoxylated Products)
S. Input/ MT of Product
No. Raw Materials Quantity (MT)
Hydrophobe (such as fatty alcohol, fatty acid, fatty amine, nonyl phenol,
1 0.333
castrol oil, Acryl Monomer etc)
2 Ethylene oxide/Propylene Oxide 0.642
Water 0.020
3 Additives 0.009
Total 1.004
Output/MT of Product
S.
Liquid Air Remarks
No. Product Recovery Solid Waste
Effluent Emission
Ethoxylated/
1 Propoxylated - - 1.000 - Product
Products
Raw water goes along
2 Effluent - - - -
with products
3 Solid Cake - - - 0.004 Will be sent to CHWIF
0 0 1.000 0.004
Total
1.004
2.6.2 Esters and Quats
Process Description
Esterification is the general name for a chemical reaction in which two reactants (typically an
alcohol and an acid) form an ester as the reaction product.
RCO2H + R'OH RCO2R' + H2O
Since esterification is highly reversible, the yield of the ester can be improved using Le Chatelier's
principle:
Using the alcohol in large excess (i.e., as a solvent)

Using a dehydrating agent: sulfuric acid not only catalyzes the reaction but sequesters water (a
reaction product).
Removal of water by physical means such as distillation as a low-boiling azeotrope with toluene, in
conjunction with a Dean-Stark apparatus.
Based on different reacting alcohols and acid groups, a range of Esters with different applications
can be produced.
Quarternisation is a process in which a tertiary amine is converted to a quaternary ammonium

compound. For example:
Figure 2-5: Flow diagram for Esters and Quats

Table 2-4: Mass Balance for Esters and Quats
S. Input/MT of Product
1 Alcohol (such as Sorbitol, pentaerythritol, isodecanol, tridecaonol, methanol) 0.566
2 Acid/Amine/Others (oleic acid, stearic acid, DMAPA, MeCl, DMS, Epichlorohydrin) 0.730
3 Activated Carbon 0.002
4 Additives 0.015
5 Celite 0.003
Total 1.316
S.
Liquid Air Remarks
No. Product Recovery Solid Waste
Effluent Emission
1 Ester Quats - - 1.000 - Product
Effluent will be sent to
2 Effluent 0.303 - - -
ETP for treatment
Will be sent to TSDF /
3 Solid Cake - - - 0.013
CHWIF
0.303 0 1.000 0.013
Total
1.316

2.6.3 Sulphates and Sulphonates
Process Description
The chemistry of sulphation involves the reaction of fatty alcohols with Sulphating agent (such as
chlorosulphonic acid) and the resulting alcohol sulphate gets neutralised with sodium hydroxide
yielding the desired surfactant which is anionic. The hydrochloric acid generated in the reaction is
neutralised with caustic solution in the scrubber.
R – OH + Cl.SO3H R- O – SO3 H + HCl
R- O – SO3 H + NaOH R - O – SO3 Na + H2O
NaOH + HCl NaCl + H2O
Sulphonation involve a different sulphating agent (such as Sulphuric acid). A typical reaction takes
place in multiple phases namely- Sulphonation, condensation with agent like Formaldehyde
solution, neutralization with ammonia/caustic. Final product is then filtered and filled for sale.
A range of these products are blended with other ingredients to produce finished goods with
specific application. A few of these are dried to supply final product in powder form.
Figure 2-6: Flow diagram for Sulphates & Sulphonates

Table 2-5: Mass Balance for Sulphates & Sulphonates
1 Ethoxylated Fatty Alcohol/Fatty Acid/Aromatic Hydrocarbon 0.127
2 Raw Fatty Alcohol/Fatty Acid/Ester 0.107
3 Sulphation/ Sulphonation Agent 0.081
4 Water 0.570
6 Ammonia liquor/ Caustic/ Condensation Agent 0.115
7 Additives 0.001
Total 1.000

S.
Liquid Air Solid Remarks
No. Product Recovery
Effluent Emission Waste
1 Sulphonation Product - - 0.981 - Product
2 Sox and HCl - 0.016 - - To caustic Scrubber
3 Solid Waste - - - 0.003 To TSDF / CHWIF
0 0.016 0.981 0.003
Total
1.000
2.6.4 Phosphate Esters
Phosphorous pentoxide (P2O5) is a commonly used phosphating agent for long chain fatty
alcohols/esters and their ethoxylates resulting in almost equimolecular amounts of mono- and
diesters and only a very small amount of orthophosphoric acid is produced. Some unreacted
stearyl alcohol is also present. The reaction mass is neutralized with caustic potash to give the
final product as the potassium salt of the phosphate esters.
Hydrophobe Hydrophile Product
OH
R’(OCH2CH2)12- OH P2O5 R’(OCH2CH2)12- O – P = O
OH
Etoxylated fatty
Phosphorous Pentoxide Phosphated fatty glyceride ethoxylate +
glyceride
OH
C6H5(OCH2CH2)4- OH P2O5 C6H5(OCH2CH2)4 – O – P = O
OH
Ethoxylated Alcohols Phosphorous Pentoxide Phosphated alcohol ethoxylates
O O
// //
P2O5 + 3 ROH HO – P – OH + HO – P - OR
\ \
OR OR
Phosphorous Fatty Alkyldihydrogenphosphate Dialkyl hydrogenphosphate
pentoxide alcohol (Mono Ester) (Di Ester)

Figure 2-7: Flow diagram for Phosphate Esters

Table 2-6: Mass Balance for Phosphate Esters
1 Ethoxylated Fatty Alcohol/ Fatty Acid 0.204
2 Raw Fatty Alcohol/ Fatty Acid/ Ester 0.056
3 P2O5/Phosphoryl Chloride 0.037
4 Water 0.649
6 Hexylene Glycol 0.028
7 Caustic Soda 0.025
Total 1.000
S.
1 Phosphate Ester - - 1.00 - Product
0 0 1.00 0
Total
1.000
2.6.5 Formulated Blends
Process Description
Blended products fall in three categories –
1. Liquid blends
2. Paste blends, and
3. Blends for crop emulsions
All the blended products are made by mixing various raw materials with / without incorporation of
intermediate/s in the composition. As far as chemistry is concerned, there may or may not be any
chemical reaction but method of mixing is very important. Apart from the quantities of the
ingredients, their mode of incorporation and sequence of addition play a decisive role in the
quality of the product.
Based on blends of anionics e.g., calcium salt of linear alkylbenzene sulphonate (CABS) and
nonionics, e.g., nonylphenol ethoxylates (Lubrol NPs), the latter presumably acting as a

hydrophile. The hydrophobe, also known as the emulsifiable concentrate (EC), is an water-in-oil
emulsion.
Figure 2-8: Flow Diagram for Formulated Blends

Table 2-7: Mass Balance for Formulated Blends
1 Cationic Surfactants 0.10
2 Anionic Surfactants 0.10
3 Non-ionic Surfactants 0.30
4 Additives 0.10
6 Water 0.40
Total 1.00
S.
1 Finished Product - - 1.00 - Product
0 0 1.00 0
Total
1.00
2.7 End use of Products

Endues of each product is given in Table 2-8.
Table 2-8: End Use of Products

Product Product End Use
Category
Alkoxylates Amine Alkoxylate Emulsifiers, Dispersants, Wetting agents, Polymer additives,
Antistatic agent
Cardanol Alkoxylate Emulsifiers, Dispersants, Wetting agents
Oil Alkoxylate Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Dispersants
Fatty Acid Alkoxylate Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Dispersants,
Detergents, Cohesive agent
Fatty Alcohol Alkoxylate Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Dispersants,
Glycerin Alkoxylate Detergents

Product Product End Use

Category
Alkyl Alcohol Alkoxylate Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Dispersants,
Aryl Alcohol and derivatives Detergents, Cohesive agent
Alkoxylate
Ester Alkoxylate Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Solubilizes, Dispersants,
Detergents
Synthetic Alcohol Alkoxylate Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Dispersants,
Detergents, Cohesive agent
Copolymers of EO and PO Defoaming agents, Emulsifiers, Dispersants
Formulation of various Foaming agents, Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Dispersants,
Alkoxylates Detergents, And synergistic applications
Esters and Span Esters Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Lubrication agents, Dispersants
Quats Polyol Esters
Fatty Alcohol Esters
Glycerol Esters
Polymeric Glycol Esters
Quarternaries Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Softeners, Dispersants,
Conditioning agents
Formulation of various Esters Emulsifiers, Dispersants, Wetting agents, And synergistic
applications
Sulphates Naphthalene Sulphonates and Wetting agents, Dispersing agents
and derivatives
Sulphonate Fatty Alcohol sulphates and Wetting agents, Emulsifiers, Detergents
s derivatives
Alkyl Alcohol sulphates and Wetting agents, Emulsifiers, Detergents
derivatives
Ester sulphate and derivatives Wetting agents, Emulsifiers, Dispersents, Detergents
Oil sulphates and derivatives
Alkoxylate sulphates and
derivatives
Formulation blends of Emulsifiers, Dispersants, Wetting agents, Detergents, And
Sulphonates and derivatives synergistic applications
Phosphate Fatty Alcohol Phosphate Emulsifiers, Wetting agents, Lubrication agents, Dispersants
Esters Esters
Alkyl Alcohol Phosphate Esters
Ether Phosphate Esters
Alkoxylates Phosphate Esters
Formulated Formulation Blends Wetting agents, Emulsifier, Dispersiung agents
Blends CABS based formulation Wetting agents, Pesticide emulsifier, Dispersing agents
blends
2.8 Cleaner Production Technology

Croda is one of the leading global supplier of speciality chemicals and raw materials for Lubricants,
Personal care, Health care, Metal working fluids, agriculture surfactant, polymer and coating,
Paints. The products developed in various segments are basically derived from plant based raw
materials Viz. Fatty acids, fatty alcohol, glycerin, hence clean and green. Our researchers are

continually engaged in design, development and implementation of chemical products and

processes to reduce or eliminate the use and generation of substances hazardous to human health
and the environment. This is pivotal to our technologies for the future. The products are rated
according to their renewable content and cleanliness of process used while manufacturing them.
Some of the examples are described below.
Lubricant Esters
 Croda has various lubricant esters developed from renewable resources. Renewable starting
materials like Neopentyl glycol, Pentaerythritol. Various factors have been considered while
developing these products like Biodegradability, Clean burn, Good lubricity, high renewable
content, high thermal and oxidative stability, hydrolytic stability.
 Process technology used in manufacturing of those esters uses catalysts which needs no or
low downstream processing, lower energy consumption. Thus it generates very less amount
of waste and lesser carbon foot print.
Personal Care
 Croda has broad range of speciality ingredients used in personal care segment. As stated
above starting point of most of the ingredients are fatty acids, fatty alcohols from natural oils.
For e.g. Croda has developed phosphate esters based moisturizing agent.
 It is believed that phosphate esters are naturally substantive and mild to skin due to the
similarity of their chemical configuration to phospholipids which are important constituents of
cell membranes.
 The use of a phosphate ester based emulsion as a vehicle for this type of moisturizing active
has already been documented. The product has been developed has characteristics like
phospholipid-like structure, naturally substantive to skin, conditioned after feel, versatile oil-in-
water emulsifier, exhibits shear thinning (thixotropic), greater oil phase deposition, phase
inversion contributes to greater stability, Greater stability at high pH.
 The manufacturing process used in the manufacture of above phosphate ester has no by-
product, no downstream processing is required hence zero waste.
2.9 Properties of Raw Materials

The properties of chemicals to be used or produced are given in Table 2-9.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Table 2-9: Properties of Chemicals

Mol. Wt Flash Specific Odour
S. CAS Melting Boiling IDLH LEL UEL
Raw Materials/ Products Formula State Color Odor (g/ Point Stability Hazard Gravity threshold
No Number Point (oC) Point (oC) (ppm) % %
mole) (oC) (g/cc) (ppm)
Raw Material
1 Ethylene Oxide C2H4O 75-21-8 Gas Colorless Ether like 44.06 -20 -112.5 10.72 800 Stable Flammable 0.88 3 100 420-490
Yellow to
2 Fatty Acid - 67762-26-9 liquid characteristic - >101 -20 300 - - - -- - - -
white
3 Glycol HOCH2CH2OH 107-21-1 Liquid Colorless Odorless 62.1 111 - 197.7 ND - - 1.11 3.2 15.3 -
4 Vegetable Oil - 68956-68-3 Liquid - - Varies 161 - - ND - Combustible 0.91 - - -
5 Propylene Oxide C3H6O 75-56-9 Liquid Colorless benzene-like 58.1 -37.2 -112 34.3 400 - - 0.83 2.3 36 -
Odorless, but has a
6 Sulphuric Acid H2SO4 7664-93-9 Liquid Colorless 98.1 NA -35 270 15 Stable Corrosive 1.84 NA NA NA
choking odor when hot
Colorless
7 Naphthalene C10H8 91-20-3 Solid mothballs 128.2 78.8 80 217.7 250 - - 1.15 0.9 5.9
to brown
Colorless
crystalline
8 Phenol C6H5OH 108-95-2 to light- sweet, acrid 94.1 79 42.7 182 250 Stable Poisonous 1.057 1.7 8.6 0.048
solid
pink
crystalline
9 Phospohonic Acids H3PO4 7664-38-2 Colorless Odorless 98 NA 42.2 212.7 1000 - - 1.87 NA NA -
solid
10 Formaldehyde (C1H2O)n 30525-89-4 Solid pungent - 70 165 - - Unstable Hazardous - - - -
11 Coco amine - 61788-46-3 Liquid Colorless Amine like 150 23 180 - Stable Nonhazardous 0.805 - - ND
Non-
12 Caustic Soda Lye NaOH 1310-73-2 Flakes White Odorless 40 NA 317.77 1390 10 Stable 2.13 NA NA NA
Flammable
POLYDADMAC Flammable
13 C5H14N2 109-55-7 Liquid Colorless Ammonia Like 102.18 32 -60 133 - Stable 0.81 2.3 12.4 -
(Dimethylaminopropylamine) and corrosive
14 Dimethyl Sulphate C2-H6-O4-S 77-78-1 Liquid colorless faint odor, onion odor 126.14 83 -32 - - - - 1.333 - - -
15 Iso propyl alcohol (CH3)2CHOH 67-63-0 Liquid Colorless rubbing alcohol 60.1 11.6 - 82.7 2000 - Flammable 0.79 2 12.7 NA
Non-
16 Citric Acid C6H8O7 77-92-9 Powder NA Odourless 192.13 NA 153 Decomposes - Stable 1.54 NA NA NA
Flammable
Very
17 Caustic Potash KOH 1310-58-3 Solid white Odorless 56.11 - 380 1384 - Stable 2.044 - - -
hazardous
Colorless Reacts Toxic and
18 Chloro Sulphonic Acid ClSO3H 7790-94-5 Liquid Pungent 116.53 NA -80 155 - 1.76 3.30 37.70 1-5
to yellow violently corrosive
19 TEA Quat (C2H5)3N 121-44-8 Liquid Colorless Ammonia like 101.2 -6.6 -115 89.4 200 - - 0.73 1.2 8.0 -
20 Distilled Turpentine Oil C10H16 8006-64-2 Liquid Colorless characteristic odor 136 35 -50 153 800 - - 0.86 0.8 - -
21 N-BUTANOL C4H10O Liquid Colorless Vinous 74.12 28.9 -89.5 117.7 1400 Stable Flammable 0.81 1.4 11.2 1.2
Colorless Very
22 Acetic Acid C2-H4-O2 64-19-7 Liquid Pungent 60.05 39 16.6 118.1 Stable 1.049 19.9 4 0.48
Clear hazardous
23 Methanol CH4O 67-56-1 Liquid Colorless Alcoholic 32.04 11.11 -97.77 64.61 6000 Stable Flammable 0.792 36.5 6 100
24 Sulphamic Acid NH2SO3H 5329-14-6 Powder NA Odorless 97.09 NA 205 NA 19.5 Stable Corrosive 2.15 NA NA NA
Flammable
25 Methyl Chloride C-H3-CL 74-87-3 Gas colorless sweet odor 50.49 <0 -98 -24 - Stable 0.915 17.4 8.1 10
gas
colorless
26 Phosphoryl Chloride POCl3 10025-87-3 oily liquid pungent & musty 153.3 NA 1.1 105.5 ND - - 1.65 NA NA -
to yellow
Extremely
27 Benzyl Chloride C7H7Cl 100-44-7 Liquid colourless pungent 126.58 67 -43 181 - stable - - - -
Hazardous
28 Epichlorohydrin C3H5OCl 106-89-8 Liquid Colorless chloroform-like 92.5 33.3 -47.7 116.6 75 - - 1.18 3.8 21 -
29 Formic Acid HCOOH 64-18-6 Liquid colourless acetous 46.03 58 -5 105 - Stable - - 43.4 14.5 -

2.10 Storage Details of Raw Materials

Information about the means of storage of raw materials and products are provided in Table 2-10andTable 2-11 respectively.
Table 2-10: Details of Storage of Raw Materials

Capacity of No. of Total Operating Conditions
S. Consumption Hazard Means of
Name State Storage Storage Storage Press
No. (Kg/Year) Involved Storage Temp, °C
Means (Kg) Means (Kg) Kg /Cm2
Flammable ,
1 Ethylene Oxide Liquid 16,359,986 Storage Tanks 35000 1 35000 2.4 <10 C
Toxic
2 Fatty Acid Solid 7,271,484 None RM Warehouse 25 14543 363,574 Atm Ambient
3 Fatty Alcohol Solid 5,646,185 None RM Warehouse 25 11292 282,309 Atm Ambient
4 Synthetic Alcohol Liquid 5,249,127 None Storage Tanks 50000 4 200,000 Atm Ambient
5 Fatty Amine Solid 2,037,612 None RM Warehouse 160 637 101,881 Atm Ambient
6 Glycol Liquid 1,824,903 None RM Warehouse 230 397 91,245 Atm Ambient
7 Vegetable Oil Liquid 1,800,000 None Storage Tanks 25000 1 25,000 Atm Ambient
8 Sugar Alcohol Liquid 1,671,000 None Storage Tanks 25000 1 25,000 Atm Ambient
9 Propylene Oxide Liquid 1,412,000 Flammable Storage Tanks 35000 1 35,000 2.4 <10 C
10 Sulphuric Acid Liquid 1,328,000 Corrosive Storage Tanks 40000 1 40,000 Atm Ambient
11 Ammonia (Aqueous solution) Liquid 1,100,000 Corrosive Storage Tanks 40000 1 40,000 Atm Ambient
12 Naphthalene Solid 1,100,000 Dust Explosion RM Warehouse 20 2750 55,000 Atm Ambient
13 Phenol Liquid 973,185 Toxic RM Warehouse 195 250 48,659 Atm Ambient
14 Polyacrylate Liquid 927,927 None RM Warehouse 50 928 46,396 Atm Ambient
15 Phospohonic Acids Liquid 817,011 Corrosive Storage Tanks 25000 1 25,000 Atm Ambient
16 Fatty Esters Powder 735,023 None RM Warehouse 25 1470 36,751 Atm Ambient
17 Formaldehyde Liquid 733,000 Toxic/ Flammable Storage Tanks 40000 1 40,000 Atm Ambient
18 Cocamine Liquid 551,000 Toxic RM Warehouse 160 172 27,550 Atm Ambient
19 Aromatic Hydrocarbon Liquid 487,000 None RM Warehouse 210 116 24,350 Atm Ambient
20 CABS 52% Liquid 475,000 Flammable Storage Tanks 40000 1 40,000 Atm Ambient


21 Caustic Soda Lye Liquid 451,000 Corrosive Storage Tanks 25000 1 25,000 Atm Ambient
22 POLYDADMAC Liquid 445,928 None RM Warehouse 210 106 22,296 Atm Ambient
23 Dimethyl Sulphate Liquid 430,000 Toxic Storage Tanks 15000 1 15,000 Atm Ambient
24 Iso propyl alcohol Liquid 430,000 Flammable RM Warehouse 160 134 21,500 Atm Ambient
25 Surfactant Liquid 349,194 None RM Warehouse 250 70 17,460 Atm Ambient
26 Organic Salt Powder 329,990 None RM Warehouse 25 660 16,500 Atm Ambient
27 Inorganic Salt Powder 316,389 None RM Warehouse 25 633 15,819 Atm Ambient
28 Aliphatic Hydrocarbons Solid 245,952 None RM Warehouse 25 492 12,298 Atm Ambient
29 Fatty Acid Ester Liquid 229,059 None RM Warehouse 190 60 11,453 Atm Ambient
30 Citric Acid Powder 206,988 Corrosive RM Warehouse 25 414 10,349 Atm Ambient
31 Sulfonate Liquid 205,761 Corrosive Storage Tanks 20000 1 20,000 Atm Ambient
32 Caustic Potash Liquid 200,000 Corrosive Storage Tanks 10000 1 10,000 Atm Ambient
33 Chloro Sulphonic Acid Liquid 200,000 Corrosive Storage Tanks 15000 1 15,000 Atm Ambient
34 Phosphorus Pentaoxide Solid 180,000 Corrosive RM Warehouse 25 360 9,000 Atm Ambient
35 Solvent Liquid 162,467 None RM Warehouse 200 41 8,123 Atm Ambient
36 DEFOAMER EMULSION Liquid 131,781 None RM Warehouse 50 132 6,589 Atm Ambient
37 Amino Siloxane Liquid 96,557 None RM Warehouse 180 27 4,828 Atm Ambient
38 Epichlorohydrin Polymer Liquid 82,650 None RM Warehouse 200 21 4,133 Atm Ambient
39 Heterocyclic Amine Derivative Liquid 58,680 None RM Warehouse 170 17 2,934 Atm Ambient
40 TEA Quat Solid 57,000 None RM Warehouse 190 15 2,850 Atm Ambient
41 Distilled Turpentine Oil Liquid 55,710 Flammable RM Warehouse 175 16 2,786 Atm Ambient
42 MERCAPTO BENZO THIOZOL Powder 50,640 None RM Warehouse 25 101 2,532 Atm Ambient
43 N-BUTANOL Liquid 43,836 Flammable RM Warehouse 165 13 2,192 Atm Ambient
44 Acetic Acid Liquid 41,417 Flammable RM Warehouse 35 59 2,071 Atm Ambient
45 Methanol Liquid 40,000 Toxic/Flammable Storage Tanks 10000 1 10,000 Atm Ambient
46 Sulphamic Acid Solid 38,000 None RM Warehouse 25 76 1,900 Atm Ambient


47 CASEIN Powder 34,149 None RM Warehouse 25 68 1,707 Atm Ambient
Ditallow Dimethyl Amonium
48 Liquid 32,550 None RM Warehouse 175 9 1,628 Atm Ambient
Chloride
49 Methyl Chloride Liquid 32,000 Toxic Storage Tanks 15000 1 15,000 4 bar Ambient
50 Phosphoryl Chloride Liquid 32,000 Toxic Storage Tanks 15000 1 15,000 Atm Ambient
51 Acryl Monomer Liquid 25,000 Toxic Storage Tanks 10000 1 10,000 Atm Ambient
52 Benzyl Chloride Liquid 25,000 Toxic RM Warehouse 200 6 1,250 Atm Ambient
53 Epichlorohydrin Liquid 25,000 Toxic/ Flammable Storage Tanks 10000 1 10,000 Atm Ambient
54 Formic Acid Liquid 25,000 Irritant RM Warehouse 200 6 1,250 Atm Ambient
55 Organic Acid Liquid 24,000 None RM Warehouse 40 30 1,200 Atm Ambient
56 Cryogenic Nitrogen Liquid 1,800,000 None Storage Tanks 40000 1 40,000 22 barg Cryogenic
Atm: Atmospheric
Table 2-11: Storage Details of Products

S. Production Hazard Means of Capacity of Storage No. of Storage Total Storage Press
Name State Temp, °C
No. (MT/Year) Involved Storage Means (Kg) Means (Kg) Kg /Cm2
Liquid / No Major Safety Drums and
1 Alkoxylates 30,000 200/25 7,500 1,500,000 Atmospheric Ambient
Solid Hazard Bags
Esters and Liquid / No Major Safety Drums and
2 10,000 200/25 2,500 500,000 Atmospheric Ambient
Quats Solid Hazard Bags
Sulphates and Liquid / Few of these are Drums and
3 7,000 200/25 1,750 350,000 Atmospheric Ambient
Sulphonates Solid corrosive Bags
Phosphate No Major Safety
4 Liquid 7,000 Drums 200 1,750 350,000 Atmospheric Ambient
Esters Hazard
Formulated Few of these are
5 Liquid 6,000 Drums 200 1,500 300,000 Atmospheric Ambient
Blends flammable

2.11 Transportation Details

Transportation details of raw materials, products and by-products of Table 2-12&Table 2-13.
Table 2-12: Transportation Details of Raw Materials

Proposed Mode of
S. No. Name Source
(Kg/Year) Transport
1 Ethylene Oxide 16,359,986 Domestic Road

2 Fatty Acid 7,271,484 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
3 Fatty Alcohol 5,646,185 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
4 Synthetic Alcohol 5,249,127 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
5 Fatty Amine 2,037,612 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
6 Glycol 1,824,903 Domestic Road
7 Vegetable Oil 1,800,000 Domestic Road
8 Sugar Alcohol 1,671,000 Domestic Road
9 Propylene Oxide 1,412,000 Import Sea
10 Sulphuric Acid 1,328,000 Domestic Road
11 Ammonia 1,100,000 Domestic Road
12 Naphthalene 1,100,000 Domestic Road
13 Phenol 973,185 Domestic Road
14 Polyacrylate 927,927 Domestic Road
15 Phospohonic Acids 817,011 Domestic Road
16 Fatty Esters 735,023 Domestic Road
17 Formaldehyde 733,000 Domestic Road
18 Cocamine 551,000 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
19 Aromatic Hydrocarbon 487,000 Domestic Road
20 CABS 52% 475,000 Domestic Road
21 Caustic Soda Lye 451,000 Domestic Road
22 POLYDADMAC 445,928 Domestic Road
23 Dimethyl Sulphate 430,000 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
24 Iso propyl alcohol 430,000 Domestic Road
25 Surfactant 349,194 Domestic Road
26 Organic Salt 329,990 Domestic Road
27 Inorganic Salt 316,389 Domestic Road
28 Aliphatic Hydrocarbons 245,952 Domestic Road
29 Fatty Acid Ester 229,059 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
30 Citric Acid 206,988 Domestic Road
31 Sulfonate 205,761 Domestic Road
32 Caustic Potash 200,000 Domestic Road
33 Chloro Sulphonic Acid 200,000 Domestic Road
34 Phosphorus Pentaoxide 180,000 Domestic/Import Road/Sea

Proposed Mode of
S. No. Name Source
(Kg/Year) Transport
35 Solvent 162,467 Domestic Road

36 DEFOAMER EMULSION 131,781 Domestic Road
37 Amino Siloxane 96,557 Domestic Road
38 Epichlorohydrin Polymer 82,650 Domestic Road
39 Heterocyclic Amine Derivative 58,680 Domestic Road
40 TEA Quat 57,000 Domestic Road
41 Distilled Turpentine Oil 55,710 Domestic Road
42 MERCAPTO BENZO THIOZOL 50,640 Domestic Road
43 N-BUTANOL 43,836 Domestic Road
44 Acetic Acid 41,417 Domestic Road
45 Methanol 40,000 Domestic Road
46 Sulphamic Acid 38,000 Domestic Road
47 CASEIN 34,149 Domestic Road
Ditallow Dimethyl Amonium
48 32,550 Domestic Road
Chloride
49 Methyl Chloride 32,000 Domestic Road
50 Phosphoryl Chloride 32,000 Domestic Road
51 Acryl Monomer 25,000 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
52 Benzyl Chloride 25,000 Domestic Road
53 Epichlorohydrin 25,000 Domestic/Import Road/Sea
54 Formic Acid 25,000 Domestic Road
55 Organic Acid 24,000 Domestic Road
56 Cryogenic Nitrogen 1,800,000 Domestic Road
Table 2-13: Transportation Details of Products

S. No. Product Mode of Transport
1 Alkoxylates Road/Sea
2 Esters and Quats Road/Sea
3 Sulphates and Sulphonates Road/Sea
4 Phosphate Esters Road/Sea
5 Formulated Blends Road/Sea
2.12 Infrastructure Facility
2.12.1 Power
The power requirement for the proposed facility will be met through Gujarat State Electricity
Corporation Limited (GSECL). Total estimated electrical load for the proposed manufacturing unit is
around 2000 kVA.

Emergency Power:
2 Nos. ofDG Sets having capacity of1000 kVA will be installed as power back up during grid failure.
2.12.2 Water Supply
Fresh water will be sourced from GIDC water supply system. Total water consumption for the
proposed manufacturing facility will be 459 KLD out of which 158 KLD will be recycled water and 301
KLD will be fresh water consumption.
2.12.3 Effluent Disposal Facility
GIDC has laid down a pipeline for disposal of treated waste water up to deep sea. Croda has taken
membership of that drainage line for disposal of 69 KLD treated waste water.
2.12.4 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility
The hazardous waste generated will be sent Authorized TSDF site.
2.13 Water Consumption, wastewater Generation and Treatment Facilities
2.13.1 Source of water Supply
Source of water supply is surface water i.e. Narmada water which is available from GIDC Dahej. GIDC
will supply required water to Croda India Company Pvt. Ltd. Letter from GIDC for water supply is
shown in Figure 2-9.

Figure 2-9: GIDC with Water Supply Permission

2.13.2 Water Consumption and Waste Water Generation for Proposed Unit
In the proposed specialty chemicals manufacturing unit, the water will be mainly used for following
areas:
 Process
 Utilities
 Domestic Usage
 Washing, Scrubbing and
 Gardening
Total water consumption will be 459 KLD for the entire plant. Out of which 301 KLD will be sourced
from GIDC water supply and 158 KLD will be recycled and reused as RO permeate.
Waste water generation will be 227 KLD which will be sent to ETP for treatment and further subjected
to recycling RO. RO reject of 69 KLD would be disposed through GIDC effluent drainage system.
Domestic wastewater of 25 KLD will be treated separately in STP and treated sewage will be used for
on land irrigation.
The breakup of water consumption and wastewater generation from the proposed unit is described
inTable 2-14and water balance diagram is shown in Figure 2-10.
Table 2-14: Details of Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation

Water Wastewater
S. No. Description Consumption in Generation in Disposal Mode
KLD KLD
1 Domestic 30 25 To STP
2 Softener 120 10
i Cooling Tower 110 8
3 DM Plant 119 10
i Boiler 75 75
To ETP
ii Process 34 9
4 Washings (Vessel, Drum, floor etc.) 100 100
6 Scrubbing 13 13
7 QC Lab 2 2
To GIDC Drain for Sea
8 RO Reject - 69
Disposal
9 Gardening 75 0 -
227 KLD Effluent to

Total Water Consumption 459 252 ETP and 25 KLD
Sewage to STP

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II PROJECT DESCRIPTION
Figure 2-10: Water Balance Diagram

2.13.3 Waste Water Disposal
 The treated effluent (RO Reject) form the ETP followed by RO will be discharged into GIDC
drain ultimately meet to sea. GIDC has given permission to CRODA for effluent discharged
into GIDC drain up to 120 KLD. The permission letter from the GIDC for effluent discharge
into drain is shown in Figure 2-11.
 The sewage generated from the domestic use will be treated in STP at site and treated
sewage water will be reused for greenbelt development.
Figure 2-11: Agreement Letter with GIDC for Treated Wastewater Discharged into GIDC
drain for Phase-I

2.13.4 Wastewater Treatment Scheme
Effluent Generation & Segregation
The effluents generation will take place from various areas such as:

 Process
 Domestic use
 Utility Blow downs
 Washings, scrubbing etc.
The total wastewater generation from the plant premises will be about 252 KLD including
industrial effluent and domestic sewage.
The effluent generated from the various areas such as process, utilities blow downs, washings and
scrubbing water will be treated in the proposed ETP (Design flow 300 KLD) at site followed by RO
while the domestic sewage will be separately treated in proposed STP (Design Flow of 30 KLD).
Quality of Wastewater Generated from Manufacturing Process
The wastewater generated from the manufacturing process and other utility areas are described
below.
Table 2-15: Quality of Wastewater Generated from Process
+ backwashes
at Inlet of ETP
Process Water
Cooling Tower
Regeneration
DM Rejects +
Waste water
+ Washing+
Blow downs
Boiler Blow
Blow down
Particulars
Scrubbing
Combined
Softener
down
S. No
Unit
Lab
1 Flow m3/day 111 75 8 10 23 227

2 pH pH Unit 4 - 10 7-9 7-9 5-9 7-9 4 - 10
3 COD mg/l 20000 150 250 50 100 9850
4 BOD mg/l 6000 50 80 10 50 2959
5 TDS mg/l 1500 3500 3000 25000 4500 3553
6 SS mg/l 500 50 100 300 300 308
Oil &
7 mg/l 10 5 5 5 10 8
Grease
Design Inlet & outlet Characteristics of ETP
The design base inlet and outlet characteristics of the wastewater are presented in below table.
Table 2-16: Design Inlet & Outlet Characteristics of Proposed ETP

S. No. Parameters Unit ETP Inlet ETP Outlet
1 pH pH unit 4 – 10 6.5 – 8.5
2 COD mg/l 10000 <100
3 BOD mg/l 3500 <30
4 TDS mg/l 4000 <6000
5 SS mg/l 350 <100
6 Oil & Grease mg/l 8 <10
Wastewater Treatment Units
The ETP of 250 KLD capacity will be proposed for treatment of wastewater coming from the
various areas of project site.

The treatment units for the ETP considered is as under:
 Equalization Tank
 Flash Mixer
Primary Treatment
 Flocculator
 Primary Clarifier
 Feed Tank
 1st Stage Aeration Tank
 Secondary Clarifier Secondary Biological Treatment
 2nd Stage Aeration Tank
 Final Clarifier
 Intermediate Collection Tank
 Pressure Sand Filter
Tertiary Treatment
 Activated Carbon Filter
 Final Collection Tank
 Sludge Collection Sump
Sludge Handling Unit
 Filter Press
 RO Feed Tank
 RO Permeate Tank RO System/Advance Tertiary Treatment
 RO Reject Tank
STP Treatment Units
 Collection tank
 MBBR Tank
 Secondary settling Tank
 Intermediate Collection Tank
 Final Collection Tank
 Sludge Drying Bed
Sizing of ETP Units
The list of ETP units with sizing is given in below table.
Table 2-17: List of ETP Units with Sizing

S. No. Name of Unit No of Unit Unit Size Volume (m3)
1 Equalization Tank 2 6.5 m x 6.5 m x 3 m + 0.3 m FB 127
2 Flash Mixer 1 1.2 m x 1.2 m x 1 m + 0.3 m FB 1.44
3 Flocculation Tank 1 1.5 m x 1.5 m x 1.2 m + 0.3 m FB 2.7
4 Primary Settling Tank 1 3.3 m x 2.5 m x 2.15 m + 0.3 m FB 17.7
5 Aeration tank I 1 24 m x 12 m x 4 m + 0.5 m FB 1152
6 Secondary Settling Tank 1 3.5 m x 2.8 m x 2.15 m + 0.3 m FB 21
7 Aeration tank II 1 16 m x 8 m x 4 m + 0.3 m FB 512
8 Final Settling Tank 1 3.5 m x 2.8 m x 2.15 m + 0.3 m FB 21
9 Intermediate Collection 5 m x 3.5 m x 2.5 m + 0.3 m FB
1 43.7
Tank
10 Pressure Sand Filter 1 12.5 m3/hr 12.5 m3/hr
11 Activated Carbon Filter 1 12.5 m3/hr 12.5 m3/hr
12 Final Collection Tank 1 17 m x 8.5 m x 3.5 m + 0.3 m FB 505.7
13 Sludge Collection Sump 1 2.5 m x 2.5 m x 2 m + 0.3 m FB 12.5

Process Description of ETP Units
The treatment plant comprises of different treatment stages as described below.
Equalization Tank
Equalization tank is provided to maintain pH & to ensure constant load on further treatment units.
Lime and alum dosing will be carried out in equalization tank to maintain alkaline pH and for better
floc formation. Blower with course bubble aeration will be provided in the equalization tanks for
mixing and equalization. From these tanks the effluents will be further transferred to flash mixer
by pumping.
Flash Mixer
Wastewater from equalization tank flows to a flash mixer where polyelectrolyte will be added for
agglomeration and flocculation. From flash mixer the wastewater will go to primary settling tank
under gravity.
Flocculator
Wastewater from Flash mixer overflows to a flocculator where polyelectrolyte will be added for
agglomeration and flocculation. Slow speed paddle type flocculator mechanism will be provided in
this tank for gentle mixing and flocc formation. Flocculated effluent will go to primary settling tank
under gravity.
Primary Settling Tank

Overflow from flash mixer will pass through the Primary Settling Tank under gravity. Separation of
flock formed will take place in Primary Settling Tank. The settling tank is equipped with Tube
Settler Media bed in order to have enhanced settling characteristics. Clear effluent will then
overflow to the 1st stage aeration tank for biological treatment. The sludge will be decanted to the
Sludge collection sump.
1st Stage Aeration Tank

Aeration Tank-I will be provided for biological treatment of combined effluent. Overflow from
primary settling tank will go to Aeration Tank-I (Conventional activated sludge process). Diffuser
with blower will be provided to suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. Overflow from 1st stage
aeration tank will be taken to the secondary settler tank –I under gravity for sludge settlement to
maintain MLSS level in aeration tank sludge recirculation from secondary settling tank –I is
provided.
Secondary Settling Tank-I

A Secondary settler tank is provided for settlement of the biomass as generated from the 1st stage
aeration tank. The sludge from the bottom shall be wasted to sludge collection sump or
recirculated to the aeration tank using recirculation pump. Overflow from the secondary settling
tank will go to 2nd stage aeration tank.
2nd Stage Aeration Tank

2nd stage Aeration Tank will be provided for further biological treatment. Diffuser with blower will
be provided to suffice oxygen requirement of biomass. Overflow from 2nd stage aeration tank will
be taken to the secondary settler tank under gravity for sludge settlement to maintain MLSS level
in aeration tank sludge recirculation from secondary settling tank is provided.

Final Settling Tank-II

A final settling tank is provided for settlement of the biomass as generated from the 2nd stage
aeration tank. The sludge from the bottom shall be collected in sludge collection sump or
recirculated to the Aeration Tank. Overflow from the settling tank will go to Intermediate
Collection Tank.
Intermediate Collection Tank

The clear effluent from the final settling tank shall be collected in an intermediate collection tank.
In this tank liquid chlorine in form of Sodium Hypochlorite (NaOCl) will be mixed using aeration
grid provided at the bottom of the tank. The aeration will help to achieve effective mixing of
chlorine solution with dosage of NaOCl for disinfection. The effluent is then pumped to pressure
sand filter for tertiary treatment.
Pressure Sand Filter

Pressure Sand Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual
suspended solids. The filter consists of different gradations of gravel & sand bed. The filter will be
provided with necessary valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the
system. The backwash water of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank / Primary
Settling Tank for re treatment.
Activated Carbon Filter

Activated Carbon Filter will be provided as a form of tertiary treatment for removal of residual
organics, odour and colour. The filter consists of gradations of gravel & sand sub bed and over
which is provided activated carbon of high iodine value. The filter will be provided with necessary
valve arrangements for inflow and outflow and backwashing of the system. The backwash water
of the system shall be taken to the Equalization tank / Primary Settling Tank for re treatment.
Sludge Collection Sump

Sludge Collection Sump are provided for collection of primary sludge and secondary biological
sludges. The primary sludge from PST and secondary waste sludge from the secondary and final
settling tanks will be taken into the sludge collection sump and then to filter press for further
drying of sludge. The dried sludge will be suitably disposed & the filtrate will be taken to
equalization tanks.
The process block diagram of proposed wastewater treatment systems is presented in Figure 2-12.
2.13.5 Water Conservation Measures
Adequate measures shall be taken to reduce fresh water demand by following measures.
1. Explore the possibility of condensate recovery from the boiler which will reduce the overall
water demand.
2. Use of equipment washing water for further cleaning.
3. Use of treated sewage for gardening in plant premises.
4. Use high pressure wash systems.

Figure 2-12: Process Block diagram of Proposed ETP- 250 KLD capacity
2.13.6 Adequacy of proposed ETP
The adequacy of the proposed Effluent Treatment Units is presented in below table.

Table 2-18: Adequacy of the Proposed ETP

Total
Sizing of Units Volume Design Flow Retention time
S. No ETP Treatment Units No of Unit Volume
(m) (m3) (m3) (m3/day) (Hrs.) (Min) (Day)
1 Equalization Tanks 2 6.50 6.50 3 126.8 253.5 250 - - 1.0
2 Flash Mixer 1 1.50 1.50 1.2 2.7 2.7 250 - 16 -
3 Flocculator 1 1.90 1.90 1.5 5.4 5.4 250 - 31 -
4 Primary Settling Tank 1 3.30 2.50 2.15 17.7 17.74 250 1.7 - -
5 Aeration Tank I (1st Stage) 1 24.00 12.00 4 1152.0 1152.0 250 - - 4.6
6 Secondary Settling Tank 1 3.50 2.80 2.15 21.1 21.1 250 2.0 - -
7 Aeration Tank II (2nd Stage) 1 12.00 8.00 4 384.0 384.0 250 - - 1.5
8 Final Settling Tank 1 3.50 2.80 2.15 21.1 21.1 250 2.0 - -
9 Intermediate Collection Tank 1 5.00 3.50 2.50 43.8 43.8 250 4 - -
10 Final Collection Tank 1 12.00 12.00 3.50 504.0 504.0 250 - - 2.0
11 Sludge Collection Sump 1 2.5 2.5 2 12.50 12.5 250 - - -

Figure 2-13: Layout Plan of ETP

2.14 Fuel Consumption

Details of fuel consumption are given in Table 2-19.
Table 2-19: Details of Flue Gas Stacks and Fuel Consumption

S. Stack Type of Fuel Fuel consumption
Stack Attached to Capacity
No. Nos. used for each unit
Boiler (3 Nos. Working Natural Gas 500 m3/hr.

1 5 T/Hr each 3
and 1 No. Stand by) Furnace Oil 425 kg/hr.
Thermic Fluid Heater (4 Natural Gas 150 m3/hr.

2 10 Lac Kcal each 4
Nos.) Furnace Oil 130 kg/hr.
Diesel Generator (2 Natural Gas 125 m3/hr.
3 1000 kVA 2
Nos.) HSD 100 kg/hr.
Air Heater for Drying
4 25000 kcal/hr. 1 Natural Gas 115 m3/hr.
Materials
2.15 Stack details
2.15.1 Flue Gas Stacks
There will be 10 nos. of flue gas stacks, attached to Boilers (3 nos. working 1 standby), Thermic
fluid heater (4 nos.), DG Set (2 no.) and Air heater (1 Nos.). Details of flue gas stacks are given in
Table 2-20.
Table 2-20: Details of Flue Gas Stacks
Nos. of Stack Top
Stack Attached to Sources Capacity Stack Height, m
Stacks Dia, m
Boiler (3 Nos. Working and 1
5 T/Hr each 3 40 0.8
No. Stand by)
Thermic Fluid Heater (4 Nos.) 10 Lac Kcal each 4 30 0.3
Diesel Generator (2 Nos.) 1000 kVA each 2 15 0.3
Air Heater 25000 kcal/hr. 1 15 0.3
2.15.2 Process Vents
There will be 16 nos. of process vents. Details are given in below table.
Table 2-21: Details of Process Vents

Nos. of Stack Height Pollutants Air Pollution Control
Stack Attached to
Stacks in m Emitted Measures Attached
1 15 Hydrocarbon Scrubber
Storage of ethylene
1
oxide/propylene
(dispersion 23 Hydrocarbon Steam assisted dispersion
oxide/Reaction vessel
stack)
Sulphonation reaction
1 15 SOx Scrubber
vessel
Sulphation reaction vessel 1 15 HCl Scrubber
Ester Reactor/DMS Storage
1 15 DMS Scrubber
Tank
Sulphation Neutralization
1 15 Ammonia Scrubber
Vessel

Nos. of Stack Height Pollutants Air Pollution Control

Stack Attached to
Stacks in m Emitted Measures Attached
Lab Fume Hood 3 15 Chemical Vapors None
Ester Reaction 1 15 Methyl Chloride Scrubber
Ammonia Storage Tank 1 15 Ammonia Scrubber
POCl3 Storage
1 1 HCl Scrubber
Tank/Reaction Vessel
Particulate
Spray Drier Bag Filter 3 15 Bag Filter
Matters
Epichlorohydrin Storage and
1 15 HCl Scrubber
Reactor Vessel
2.15.3 Air Pollution Control Measures
Details of air pollution control measures are given in Table 2-22.
Table 2-22: Details of Air Pollution Control Measures

Nos.
S. Stack Pollutants APCM
of Details & Efficiency
No. Attached to Emitted Attached
Stacks
Acid based scrubber to neutralize residual
1 Hydrocarbon Scrubber
Alkyl Oxide.
Storage of
Steam assisted dispersion help to achieve
ethylene
maximum ground level concentration of
1 oxide/propylene 1 Steam
hydrocarbon at any point well within
oxide/Reaction (Vent Hydrocarbon assisted
acceptable limits. Height, diameter and
vessel Stack) dispersion
steam flow rates will be designed to meet
OHSA limits.
Trace amount of Sox generated during
reaction will be neutralized in a basic
Sulphonation
2 1 SOX Scrubber scrubber before discharging the neutralized
reaction vessel
effluent to ETP. Outlet vent will have less
than 15 ppm Sox as per prescribed limits.
HCl generated during reaction will be
Sulphation
3 1 HCl Scrubber neutralised in a basic scrubber before
reaction vessel
discharging the neutralised effluent to ETP.
Ester DMS vapors from storage tank and reactors
4 Reactor/DMS 1 DMS Scrubber will be neutralised in a basic scrubber before
Storage Tank discharging the neutralised effluent to ETP.
NH3 vapors from storage tank and reactors
Sulphation will be neutralised in an acidic scrubber
5 Neutralization 1 Ammonia Scrubber before discharging the neutralised effluent to
Vessel ETP. Outlet vent will have less than 250 ppm
NH3 as per prescribed limits.
MeCl vapors from storage tank and reactors
Methyl
6 Ester Reactor 1 Scrubber will be neutralized in a basic scrubber before
Chloride
discharging the neutralised effluent to ETP.
NH3 vapors from storage tank and reactors
will be neutralised in an acidic scrubber
Ammonia
7 1 Ammonia Scrubber before discharging the neutralised effluent to
Storage Tank
ETP. Outlet vent will have less than 250 ppm
NH3 as per prescribed limits.

Nos.
S. Stack Pollutants APCM
of Details & Efficiency
No. Attached to Emitted Attached
Stacks
POCl3 Storage HCl generated during reaction will be
8 Tank/Reaction 1 HCl Scrubber neutralised in a basic scrubber before
Vessel discharging the neutralised effluent to ETP.
Epichlorohydrin HCl generated during reaction will be
9 Storage and 1 HCl Scrubber neutralised in a basic scrubber before
Reactor Vessel discharging the neutralised effluent to ETP.
2.16 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management
2.16.1 Quantification, Classification, Collection, Transportation and Disposal of Solid /

Hazardous Waste
The solid / Hazardous Waste will be collected and temporarily stored in Hazardous Waste Storage
Area as per hazardous waste rules within the plant premises. The details of the solid and
hazardous waste generation, quantification, classification, collection, transportation and disposal
facility as per Hazardous Waste Rules 2008 and its amendment are mentioned in Table 2-23.
Table 2-23: Hazardous Waste Generation and disposal Details

Hazardous Quantity Source of
S. Method of Treatment /
Type of Waste Waste in Waste
No. Collection Disposal
Category MT/Month Generation
From
Sent to TSDF for
1 Process Sludge 26.1 271 Manufacturing Poly bags
incineration
Process
From
Filters and Filter Poly Sent to TSDF for
2 36.2 5.0 Manufacturing
Materials bags/Drums incineration
Process
From
Sent to TSDF for
3 Spent Carbon 36.2 5.0 Manufacturing Bags
incineration
Process & ETP
Used oil such
as hydraulic
testing Sent to TSDF for
4 Spent Oil 5.1 2.0 Drums
oil, transformer incineration
oil during
Maintenance
Waste residue during Sent to TSDF for
5 5.2 2.0 Drums
containing oil Maintenance incineration
Sludge from Sent to TSDF for
6 ETP Sludge 35.3 600 Poly bags
ETP landfilling
Contaminated
Liners and
bags (plastic /
To authorized
Discarded paper), empty Poly Bag /
7 33.1 400 vendor post
containers/barrels/liners drums and Drums
decontamination
carboys from
raw materials
etc.

2.17 Storage / Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

All waste is being handed with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the
solid and hazardous waste handling. The wastes will be collected in drums and HDPE Bags and
further transferred at the storage location in the Solid cum Hazardous Waste Storage area
provided at site.
One month storage with impervious flooring will be provided for hazardous waste storage to avoid
leakage problem.
Kitchen/Canteen wastes and other biodegradable wastes will be sent to Vermi-composting.
2.18 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility

 For disposal of hazardous/incinerable waste, M/s. Croda India Company Pvt. Ltd. Will take
necessary membership from the BEIL, TSDF facility. The membership letter from the BEIL for
hazardous waste disposal is given in Figure 2-14.
 The other hazardous waste like discarded containers will be sold to authorized venders.
 The non-hazardous waste like paper, plastic, metal and wooden waste will be handed over to
authorizeReprocessor.
2.19 Other Solids Wastes
2.19.1 Bio-medical Wastes
Occupational Health Center is provided at site. It is managed by qualified Doctor and Nursing staff
round the clock. Very small quantity of waste comprises of discarded medicines, soiled waste such
as dressing, bandages and material contaminated with blood will be generated. The generated
waste will be periodically handed over to authorized vendors as per SPCB regulations and
biomedical waste management rules 1998.
2.19.2 Electronic Wastes
E-waste/ Electronic waste will mainly be generated from the computer lab and administrative
buildings. E-Waste comprises of discarded computers, copiers, fax machines, inverters, cell
phones, CD’s, LAN Cables, Keyboards, Mouse, SMPS, Fuses, Data cables, mobile/laptop peripherals
like earphones, chargers, circuit boards, printer cartridges etc. Electronic wastes will be handled as
per the provisions of the E-Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011.
Table 2-24: Solid Waste Generation Details

S. No. Type of Waste Quantity MTPA Source Collection, Treatment / Disposal
1 Biomedical Waste 0.5 OHC Sent to TSDF for incineration
2 e-waste 1.0 IT sent to authorized recycler

Figure 2-14: Membership letter for Hazardous Waste Management
Croda has also explored Explore the possibilities for Co-processing of the hazardous waste prior to
disposal into TSDF/CHWIF and has taken acceptance letter from M/s. Ambuja Cement for co-
processing the hazardous waste. Copy of acceptance letter is given in Figure 2-15.
Figure 2-15: Copy of Acceptance Letter from M/s. Ambuja Cement for Co-processing of Haz.
Wastes


LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
3.1 General
This chapter illustrates the description of the existing environmental status of the study area with
reference to the prominent environmental attributes. The study area covers 10 km radius around
the project site. The landuse and socio-economic aspects were studied with respect to 10 km
radius around the site.
The existing environmental setting is considered to adjudge the baseline conditions which are
described with respect to climate, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil quality, ecology,
socio-economic profile, landuse and places of archaeological importance.
3.2 Methodology
The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey obtained from the guidelines
given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water and
land quality in the study area was collected by conducting primary sampling/field studies during
the winter season i.e. December, 2014-February, 2015.
3.3 Study Area

The study area is considered to be the area within 10 km radius of the site. The EIA guidelines of
the MoEF mandate the study area in this manner for EIA’s.
3.4 Landuse of the Study Area
3.4.1 Methodology and Ground Survey
Methodology and ground survey details are given inAnnexure 5.
3.4.2 Classification of Landuse / Landcover
The land use and land cover of the study area comprises of various categories. The features
identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided inTable 3-1.
Table 3-1: Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project
S. No. Primary Classification Secondary Classification
Residential / Commercial
1. Built-up Land or Habitation
Industrial
Crop/Fallow Land1
2. Agricultural Land
Plantation
Land without Scrub
3. Wastelands
Mudflat
4. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks
1
Fallow land was not separately identified owing to its seasonal nature.

S. No. Primary Classification Secondary Classification

River beds
Creek
Scrub
Open Vegetation
5. Vegetation Cover Close Vegetation
Marshy Vegetation
Mangroves
Scrubs (Forest)
6. Forest Area Open forest
Close forest
Salt pan
7. Others
Grass Cover
The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given
in Figure 3-1.It was observed that the landuses generally exhibit similar characteristics across the
region, whilst certain land uses differs. All landuses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections.
Built-up Land
The study area habitation are given in map, it has Dahej city within 10 km radius.
Industrial Area
The main Industrial area in study area was of Dahej GIDC region.
34230437ural Land
Crop Land/Fallow Land

The agriculture land within study area was 23.72 per cent of the study area. The crops grown in
this region are mostly cotton (Gossypium herbaceum), and in some area Castor (Ricinus
communis) and Wheat (Triticum aestivum). The irrigation is essentially through rain water and in
some area through bore wells.
Plantation was mainly within the industrial boundary to increase green cover of the area.
Wastelands
The class Land without Scrub was 9.15 per cent of the study area. Also Along the coast there was
big stretch of Mudflat region.
Water Bodies
There were few ponds/reservoirs/lakes/tanks in the region having 1.11 per cent of the study area.
Narmada river bed flows through the southern region of the study area.
Vegetation Cover
The scrub region was second most observed category in the region covering 17.72 per cent of the
area. Open and Close vegetation region includes Prosopis juliflora dominated vegetation cover.

Marshy vegetation was seen on the bet area along the Narmada river. This area on the western
side had big stretch of Mangroves.
Forest Area
There were reserve forests on the western side of the study area. According to the canopy cover
of the study area it was segregated to scrub (forest), open forest, close forest.
Others
Salt pans
Salt pans covers 13.47 per cent of area which is along the coast.
Grass Cover
This was along the waterbody where grass had been dried up.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-1: Landuse / Landcover Map of Study Area

3.4.3 Class Wise Area Statistics
The area statistics of these classes are presented inTable 3-2.
Table 3-2: Area Statistics for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area
Area, Secondary
S. Primary Area, Primacy Class
Secondary Classification Class
No. Classification
km2 Ha. ~% km2 Ha. ~%
Built-up Land or Residential / Commercial 3.42 342 1.04

1 20.14 2014 6.15
Habitation Industrial 16.72 1672 5.11
Crop Land/Fallow Land 77.67 7767 23.72
2 Agricultural Land 77.84 7784 23.77
Plantation 0.17 17 0.05
Land without Scrub 22.6 2260 6.90
3 Wastelands 50.08 5008 15.29
Mudflat 27.48 2748 8.39
Reservoir/Lakes/Ponds/Tanks 3.65 365 1.11
4 Water Bodies River Beds 30.23 3023 9.23 35.38 3538 10.80
Creeks 1.5 150 0.46
Scrub 58.04 5804 17.72
Open Vegetation 4.04 404 1.23
5 Vegetation Cover Close Vegetation 21.12 2112 6.45 95.41 9541 29.13
Marshy Vegetation 1.63 163 0.50
Mangroves 10.58 1058 3.23
Scrubs (Forest) 0.99 99 0.30
6 Forest Area Open Forest 1.21 121 0.37 4.53 453 1.38
Close Forest 2.33 233 0.71
Salt Pans 44.11 4411 13.47 44.11 4411 13.47
7 Others
Grass Cover 0.01 1 0.003 0.01 1 0.003
The most observed category in the region was agriculture followed by Scrub, as per area covered.
This concludes the land use identification and description component of study. Photographs
showing ground truth survey done at project site and within study area is given inAnnexure 5.
3.5 Proximity to Sea / Water Body

The proximity to sea / water bodies for the study area is tabulated in Table 3-3.
Table 3-3: Proximity to Sea / Water Bodies

Sea / Water Body ~ Aerial Distance from the Center of the
Project Site
Narmada Estuary ~6.54 km in South
Vadadala Village Pond ~1.19 in SW
Vav Village Pond ~1.60 kn in North
Jolva Village Pond ~2.71 km in SSE
Galenda Village Pond ~2.85 kn in E
Source: Google Earth and Ground Truth Survey
3.5.1 Important Features within the Study Area
Details of the important features along with other sensitive ecological locations in the study area
are provided in Table 3-4.

Table 3-4: Important Features and Sensitive Ecological Locations in the Study Area2
S. Distance
Sensitive Ecological Features Location Direction
No. (km)
1. National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No - -
Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve /
2. No - -
Turtle Nesting Ground
3. Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve No - -
4. Habitat for migratory birds No - -
Vadadala Village Pond ~1.19 SW
Lakes / Reservoir / Dams / Canals Vav Village Pond ~1.60 N
5.
/ Ponds Jolva Village Pond ~2.71 SSE
Galenda Village Pond ~2.85 E
6. Stream/Rivers/Drains - - -
7. Estuary/Sea/Mangroves - - -
8. Mountains/Hills No - -
9. Notified Archaeological sites No - -
10. Any other Archaeological sites No - -
11. Defense Installations No - -
12. Airports - - -
13. Railway Station Dahej Railway Station ~6.10 SW
3.6 Climate of the Study Area3
3.6.1 Weather
The general agro-climatic zone of the study area is Semi-Arid.
Information presented in subsequent paragraphs is from the Indian Meteorological Department

(IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1961-1990, Bharuch. These tables give useful information
about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 30-year period. A copy of the long-term
climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 7.
3.6.2 Temperature
 Mean daily maximum temperature is recorded in the month of April at 40 °C.

 From October to December, both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly.
January is generally the coldest month, with a minimum temperature of 11.9 °C.
 During the post-monsoon months of October and November, day temperatures remain
between 16.9-22.0 ºC. In winters, i.e. December, January and February, average day
temperatures remain between 11.9-14.4 ºC.
3.6.3 Wind
The first, second and third predominant wind direction are shown in Table 3-5.It shows that
Northwest (NW) is predominant wind direction during daytime and during nighttime/evening time.
2
All information is based on satellite imagery and ground truth survey, Source of Table: Questionnaire by MoEF
3
Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), Long Term Climatological Tables, 1961-90, Broach (Bharuch)

Table 3-5: Predominant Wind Direction

Predominant First Second Third
Month Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening
January NE NE SW SW SE NW
February NE NE NW SW SW NW
March SW SW NE NW SE NE
April SW SW NW NW SE NE
May SW SW NW NW SE SE
June SW SW SE NW W/NW SE
July SW SW S SE W NW
August SW SW W NW W/SE NW/S
September SW SW NW NW W W
October SW SW NE NE SE SE
November NE NE SW SW SE SE
December NE NE SE SE/SW SW NW
3.6.4 Rainfall
The total rainfall in year is observed to be 912.1 mm. Distribution of rainfall by season is 2.8 mm
in winter (December, January, February), 9.9 mm in summer (March, April, May), 860.7 mm in
monsoons (June, July, August, September) and 38.7 mm in post-monsoons (October - November).
3.6.5 Cloud Cover
The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon
season. Generally cloud cover ranges up-to 8 OKTAS during this monsoon season. During post-
monsoon season, cloud cover almost becomes 0 OKTAS occasionally going to 3-5 OKTAS. In the
summer season cloud cover is predominantly 0 OKTAS.
3.6.6 Humidity
Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and
winter in that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings and humidity ranges from a high of
81-90% in monsoon mornings to a low of 34-44% in winter evenings. During post-monsoon
season, in morning humidity remains between 73-76 % and in the evening it remains between 42-
46%.
3.7 Site specific Meteorology

Site-specific meteorological data for winter season, 2014-15 has been collected at the site of M/s.
PPG Asian Paints Pvt. Ltd. located adjacent to the proposed site. The parameters for which data
has been collected are:
 Wind Speed
 Wind direction
 Temperature
 Relative Humidity
 Cloud Cover
Monitoring Methodology for Meteorological data is given in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S. Env.
Location Parameters Period Frequency Methodology
No. Component
As per manufacturer’s
manual. Instruments
Wind speed, December,
At Hourly for are calibrated
wind direction, 2014 –
1. Meteorology Vadadla all Cloud cover is done by
temperature and February,
village parameters visual interpretation of
rainfall 2015
the sky by the
observer.
3.7.1 Site Specific Data of Season
 Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in winter season of year
2014-15 is 2.9 m/s and maximum wind speed of 20.8 m/s.
 Wind rose diagram prepared for the same is shown asFigure 3-2.
 It can be observed that in winter season, wind blows mostly from North-East sector. Calm
wind contributes to about 9.58%.
 Average temperature recorded for winter season was 23.6°C with maximum temperature of
36.7°C and minimum of 12.2°C which is a characteristic of this study area.
The data obtained has been complied to obtain average data. Complied mean meteorological data
is represented in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7: Mean Meteorological Data for Winter Season 2014-15

Relative Wind Cloud
Temperature Wind Speed Rainfall
Hour Humidity Direction Cover,
(°C) (m/sec) (mm)
(%) (from) (Oktas)
0 22.2 55.6 2.6 NE 0 0
1 21.4 57.0 2.4 NE 0 0
2 20.7 59.2 2.3 NE 0 0
3 20.0 60.9 2.3 NE 0 0
4 19.3 63.4 2.1 NE 0 0
5 18.7 65.4 2.1 NE 0 0
6 18.2 67.0 2.0 NE 0 0
7 17.8 68.2 2.0 NE 0 0
8 18.8 67.3 2.4 NE 0 0
9 20.9 61.2 3.0 NE 0 0
10 23.3 54.2 3.3 NE 0 0
11 25.4 48.3 3.4 NE 0 0
12 27.1 43.0 3.6 E,NE,NW 0 0
13 28.1 40.8 3.7 NW 0 0
14 28.6 40.5 3.9 NW 0 0
15 29.3 37.7 3.9 NW 0 0
16 29.1 36.6 3.9 NW 0 0
17 28.6 37.5 3.6 NW 0 0
18 27.4 41.6 3.0 NW 0 0
19 26.1 46.2 2.6 NW 0 0
20 25.2 49.3 2.8 N 0 0
21 24.4 52.2 3.1 N 0 0
22 23.7 53.7 2.6 NE 0 0
23 22.9 55.5 2.5 NE 0 0

Relative Wind Cloud

Temperature Wind Speed Rainfall
Hour Humidity Direction Cover,
(°C) (m/sec) (mm)
(%) (from) (Oktas)
Average 23.6 52.6 2.9 NE 0 0
Site specific meteorological data collection at Vadadla village is shown in Photograph 12-2 of
Annexure 5.

Figure 3-2: Windrose Diagram for Winter Season 2014-15
3.7.2 Justification of Using Baseline Data of M/s. PPG Asian Paints Pvt. Ltd.
M/s. Kadam Environmental Consultants had carried out baseline environmental data collection for
M/s. PPG Asian Paints Pvt. Ltd., Plot No.2/CH/21/A, Vadadla, Dahej, Bharuch during December

2014 to February 2015 for the preparation of the EIA report which is located adjacent to M/s.
Croda India Company Private Limited. We have proposed to use these data to prepare EIA report
and committee has allowed the same in ToR Letter with additional one month monitoring including
project specific parameters. Copy of ToR letter is attached as Annexure 1.We have done
additional one month ambient air monitoring at all location in June 2015.
3.8 Ambient Air
3.8.1 Season and Period of Monitoring
The ambient air monitoring work was carried out in month of from December, 2014 to February,
2015 and in June 2015.
3.8.2 Selected Sampling Stations
Depending upon the purpose of the study IS: 5184 (Part XIV) lays down various criteria for
selecting sampling stations. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant
concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at
important human settlement. The annual wind direction has been considered for selecting AAQM
stations. The annual first predominant wind direction would be from NE to SW, second would be
from SE to NW, third would be NW to SE, fourth would be from SW to NE. Locations selected for
ambient air quality monitoring are presented in Table 3-8 and shown inFigure 3-3.
Table 3-8: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations Details

AAQM Distance from Direction w.r.t. Justification for selection of
Location
Station Project Site in Km Project Site station
At Project Base Station to check AAQ at the
AA 1 -- --
Site core area of proposed project site.
To check AAQ in the nearest
habitation (rural) area towards
AA 2 At Vav Village 3.12 NE
First predominant upwind direction
from proposed project site.
At Vadadla habitation (rural) towards Third
AA 3 1.38 E
Village predominant downwind direction
area from proposed project site
At Jolwa To check AAQ in the nearest
Villager/ habitation (rural) towards Second
AA 4 3.93 SE
Vadadla predominant upwind direction area
Crossing from proposed project site
At Radha-
habitation (rural) towards first
AA 5 Madhav 1.00 S
predominant downwind direction
Project site
area from proposed project site
At Labour To check AAQ in the nearest
AA 6 colony / Salt 1.37 NNW habitation (rural) in cross wind area
Pans from proposed project site
The ambient air quality monitoring has been shown inPhotograph 12-2.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Figure 3-3: Sampling Location Map

3.8.3 Sampling Frequency
The frequency of monitoring was 24 hours twice a week at each station spread over the entire
season with grab sampling for gaseous parameters like HCl, Cl2, NH3, HB2, VOC, HC (Methane and
Non-methane) & CO taken thrice a month.
3.8.4 Parameters Monitored and Methodology Adopted for AAQM Parameters
Methodology adopted for AAQM parameters is described in Annexure 5.
3.8.5 Results of Ambient Air Monitoring
Detailed result of AAQM are given in Complied average data are represented inTable 3-9.Detailed
results are given in Annexure 6.
Table 3-9: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (Winter Season: December 2014 –
February 2015)
Parameters & Results
Note: All units are in µg/m3 except VOCs which are in ppm.
Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable
Station
Location Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2 and 10 µg/m3 for NOX
code
PM2.5 (60) SO2 (80) NOX (80)
PM10 (100) VOCs (NS)
[24 [24 [24
[24 Hours] [15 mins]
Hours] Hours] Hours]
AA 1 At PPG Asian Paint Site [Adjacent Site, Base Station]
Maximum 110 33 10.3 24.6 <1
Minimum 26 9 8.0 14.4 <1
Average 58 18 8.9 18.9 <1
98% tile 106 32 10.2 24.0 <1
AA 2 At Vav Village [3.12 Km, NE]
Maximum 107 27 10.4 25.3 <1
Minimum 26 6 8.0 14.7 <1
Average 68 16 8.8 19.4 <1
98% tile 105 27 10.2 25.1 <1
AA 3 At Vadadla Village [1.38 Km, East]
Maximum 106 46 10.3 26.9 <1
Minimum 23 7 8.0 13.9 <1
Average 67 23 9.0 18.6 <1
98% tile 106 44 10.3 24.3 <1
AA 4 At Jolwa Village [3.93 Km, SE]
Maximum 102 25 10.3 23.4 <1
Minimum 17 8 8.0 14.7 <1
Average 61 18 8.9 18.6 <1
98% tile 102 25 10.3 23.3 <1
AA 5 At Radha-Madhav site [1.0 Km, South]
Maximum 102 32 10.2 27.5 <1
Minimum 24 12 8.0 11.3 <1
Average 63 20 9.1 18.5 <1
98% tile 99 32 10.2 26.1 <1
AA 6 At Labour colony [1.37 Km, NNW]


Station Note: All units are in µg/m3 except VOCs which are in ppm.
Location
code Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable
Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2 and 10 µg/m3 for NOX
Maximum 108 28 10.1 24.4 <1
Minimum 29 8 8.0 13.9 <1
Average 76 21 8.9 18.8 <1
98% tile 107 28 10.0 24.0 <1

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (June 2015)

Note: All units are in µg/m . Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10
3
µg/m3 for NOX, 1.0 µg/m3 for Cl2, 1.0 µg/m3 for HCl, 20.0 µg/m3 for NH3, 1.0 µg/m3 for HBr, 1.0 PPM for VOC, 800 µg/m3 for
All stations are in
HC, 10 µg/m3 for NMHC & 1,145 µg/m3 for CO.
Station Industrial, Residential,
code Rural & Other Areas PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX Cl2 HCl NH3 HBr VOC HC NMHC's CO
(CPCB)
100 60 80 80 400 4,000
[24 [24 [24 [24 NS NS [24 NS NS NS NS [1
Hours] Hours] Hours] Hours] Hours] Hour]
AA1 At Proposed Project Site [0.0 Km, Base Station] (Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)
Maximum 89 38 17.5 27.0 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,556 157 1,146
Minimum 40 21 8.0 10.5 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,063 < 10 < 1145
Average 67 31 12.1 20.6 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,393 101 < 1145
98% tile 88 38 17.0 26.6 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,554 157 < 1145
AA2 At Vav Village [3.25 Km, NE] (Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)
Maximum 81 30 7.4 19.5 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1205 45 982
Minimum 46 11 6.2 13.0 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 998 17 692
Average 64 21 6.8 17.3 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1060 29 841
98% tile 81 30 7.4 19.5 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1195 44 975
AA3 At Vadadla Village [1.38 Km, East] (Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)
Maximum 136 59 17.0 32.1 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 2,033 177 1,839
Minimum 51 19 8.0 11.5 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,263 < 10 < 1145
Average 92 38 9.5 20.7 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,561 89 1,547
98% tile 130 58 15.6 30.9 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,965 171 1,829
AA4 At Jolwa Village [3.93 Km, SE] (Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)
Maximum 146 87 10.4 35.7 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,831 144 1,607
Minimum 63 21 8.0 12.0 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,246 < 10 < 1145


Note: All units are in µg/m . Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 8 µg/m3 for SO2, 10
3
µg/m3 for NOX, 1.0 µg/m3 for Cl2, 1.0 µg/m3 for HCl, 20.0 µg/m3 for NH3, 1.0 µg/m3 for HBr, 1.0 PPM for VOC, 800 µg/m3 for
All stations are in
HC, 10 µg/m3 for NMHC & 1,145 µg/m3 for CO.
Station Industrial, Residential,
code Rural & Other Areas PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX Cl2 HCl NH3 HBr VOC HC NMHC's CO
(CPCB)
100 60 80 80 400 4,000
[24 [24 [24 [24 NS NS [24 NS NS NS NS [1
Hours] Hours] Hours] Hours] Hours] Hour]
Average 95 40 8.3 22.4 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,512 89 1,361
98% tile 146 87 10.4 35.7 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1,831 144 1,607
AA5 At Radha-Madhav site [1.0 Km, South] (Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)
Maximum 87 34 9.6 20.3 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1445 57 971
Minimum 41 16 6.1 15.7 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1074 25 398
Average 67 23 7.8 17.8 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1214 44 677
98% tile 86 34 9.5 20.3 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1435 57 950
AA6 At Labour colony [1.37 Km, NNW] (Industrial, Residential, Rural & Other Areas)
Maximum 108 28 10.1 24.4 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1205 45 982
Minimum 29 8 8.0 13.9 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 998 17 692
Average 76 21 8.9 18.8 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1060 29 841
98% tile 107 28 10.0 24.0 <1 <1 < 20 < 1.0 < 1 ppm 1195 44 975

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Observations
A comparison of the above results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB for Industrial,
residential, rural & other area indicates:
 In winter season an average concentration of PM10 was observed to be varying from 58 to 76 µg/Nm3.
An average concentration of PM10 levels are well within the permissible limits for all locations.
 In winter season an average concentration of PM2.5 levels was observed to be in range of 16 to 23
µg/Nm3 which is less than the permissible limits for all locations.
 In winter season an average concentration of SO2 and NOX is observed to be within the specified limit
of CPCB.
 In winter season an average concentration of VOC is observed below 1 ppm.
 During monitoring in June 2015 average results of all parameters are within the specified limit.
3.9 Noise Environment
3.9.1 Monitoring Methodology of Noise Levels
Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations.
Background noise quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected locations.
Monitoring methodology and photographs of Noise level monitoring are given inAnnexure 5.
The standard for monitoring ambient noise level as per CPCB guidelines is as given in Table 3-11.
Table 3-11: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise for Different Areas/Zones
Ambient Air Quality Standards Area Limits in dB(A) Leq*
Category
in Respect of NOISE Code Day Time Night Time
A Industrial 75.0 70.0
THE NOISE POLLUTION
B Commercial 65.0 55.0
(REGULATION AND CONTROL)
C Residential 55.0 45.0
RULES, 2000
D Silence 50.0 40.0
Note: Day Time: 6:00 AM to 10:00 PM; Night Time: 10:00 PM to 6:00 AM
dB (A) Leq*: denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is
relatable to human hearing.
3.9.2 Selection of Noise Monitoring Locations
Locations for noise monitoring were selected by doing preliminary analysis of site visit and using SoundPlan
essential 3.0 software. The equipment’s that would be present in the project area were considered as
source of noise for undertaking noise modeling. Further, receivers were placed within the project site as
this is existing site, at a distance of 500 m from the source of noise generation and at sensitive location i.e.
village for ambient noise monitoring. The locations selected for noise monitoring are presented inFigure
3-3.
The coordinates of sampling locations are given in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12: Coordinates of Sampling Locations

Sample Distance from Direction w.r.t.
Description Latitude Longitude
code Project Site in Km Project Site
Near Main Gate of
NL1 PPG Asian Paint- 21° 43' 54. 41"N 72° 36' 58. 56"E 0.32 S
Southwest Side
Near Railway
NL2 21° 43' 59. 92"N 72° 37' 1. 98"E 0.47 N
between zone 7 & 8
500 m NW direction
NL3 21° 44' 10. 99"N 72° 37' 15. 19"E 0.5 NW
From At site
NL4 Vadadla Village 21° 43' 48. 50"N 72° 37' 57. 87"E 1.38 E
NL5 Vav village 21° 45' 3. 53"N 72° 38' 39. 61"E 3.12 NE
3.9.3 Noise Level Results
Noise readings were taken at five different locations within the study area. The average noise levels are
presented in Table 3-13.
Table 3-13: Noise Level Results

CPCB Limits in dB Average Noise
Location (A) levels in dB (A)
Location Date Category
Code Day Night Day Night
Time Time Time Time
Near Main Gate of PPG Asian
NL1 19.03.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 59.9 49.4
Paint- Southwest Side
Near Railway between zone 7
NL2 20.03.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.5 49.7
&8
500 m NW direction From At
NL3 16.03.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 51.7 43.3
site
NL4 Vadadla Village 17.03.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.2 44.7
NL5 Vav village 18.03.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4
Observation
Noise level during daytime & during nighttime, in Industrial area & Residential area, were observed within
CPCB standards i.e. Industrial area [75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)] and residential area [55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA
(n)].
3.10 Water Environment
3.10.1 Groundwater Environment
Groundwater Monitoring Methodology
Monitoring methodology for groundwater is given in Annexure 5.The grab samples were manually
collected and analyzed as per APHA Standard Methods (20th Edition, 1998) for the parameters given in the
EIA Manual of MoEFCC (January 2001).

Groundwater Sample Locations
Groundwater sampling was carried out in the month of February 2015 (Winter season)from four different
locations. Location Map of the same is shown in Figure 3-3and locations are given in Table 3-14. Photo
documentation of groundwater monitoring is presented in Photograph 12-5.
Table 3-14: Groundwater Sampling Locations

Date of Distance from Direction w. r. t.
S. No. Code No. Location Source
Sampling Project Site in Km Project Site
1 GW 1 Jolwa 20.02.2015 Borewell 4.00 SE
2 GW 2 Vav 20.02.2015 Borewell 3.12 NE
3 GW 3 Dahej 20.02.2015 Borewell 4.47 SW
4 GW 4 Vadadla 20.02.2015 Borewell 1.38 E
Analysis Results of Groundwater
Analysis results of groundwater samples are presented inTable 3-15.
Table 3-15: Analysis Results of Groundwater Samples

Sampling Location Jolwa Vav Dahej Vadadla
IS 10500 Standard Limits
GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4
S. for drinking water
Parameters Unit
No. Acceptable Permissible
Borewell Borewell Borewell Borewell
limit limit
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 7.94 7.45 7.72 8.03
2 Temperature oC NS NS 27 29 27 27
3 Turbidity NTU 1 5 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 2820 812 644 1060
Electrical
5 µmho/cm NS NS 4600 1324 1254 1824
conductivity
6 COD mg/lit NS NS <5 <5 <5 <5
7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <3 <3 <3 <3
8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 964 256 280 395
10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 365 115 30 47
Total
11 mg/lit 200 600 950 220 260 430
Hardness
Ca++
12 mg/lit NS NS 210 64 78 174
Hardness
Mg++
13 mg/lit NS NS 740 156 182 256
Hardness
Total
14 mg/lit 200 600 230 130 180 250
Alkalinity
15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 NR 20.6 23.8 7.1 3.8
16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 1.48 1.33 0.47 0.81
17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 482 165 135.5 155
18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 15 15.6 8 10
19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 84.2 128.2 31.3 69.7
20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 179.8 37.9 44.2 62.2

Sampling Location Jolwa Vav Dahej Vadadla

IS 10500 Standard Limits
GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4
S. for drinking water
Parameters Unit
No. Acceptable Permissible
Borewell Borewell Borewell Borewell
limit limit
21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 1738 460 504 712
Total
22 mg/lit 0.5 NR 4.80 4.70 4.30 0.91
Nitrogen
Total
23 mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1
Phosphorous
Dissolved
24 mg/lit NS NS 3.5 3.2 3.6 3.3
Oxygen
Ammonical
25 mg/lit NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Nitrogen
26 SAR - NS NS 6.76 3.28 3.64 3.24
27 Heavy Metals
Arsenic (as
a mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
As)
Cadmium (as
b mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
Cd)
Cromium (as
c mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
Cr)
Copper (as
d mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
Cu)
Cyanide (as
e mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
CN)
f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 NR 0.14 <0.1 <0.1 0.13
g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
Mercury (as
h mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Hg)
Manganese
i mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04
(as Mn)
j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08
Total Shall not be detectable
28 MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent
Coliform in any 100 ml sample
Faecal Shall not be detectable
29 MPN/100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent
Coliforms in any 100 ml sample
Observations
The formation is having low storability since it is made up of fine sand and silt thus supply will always be
limited.
3.10.2 Surface Water Environment
Surface Water Quality monitoring is carried out in the study area of 10 km based on the land use pattern
and ground truth of nearby villages (Monitoring Period: Dec’2014- Feb’2015).

Methodology Adopted
Methodology adopted for sampling and analysis & photo documentation are given inAnnexure 5.
Justification of Sample Collection – Surface Water
Surface water sampling locations are selected based on review of land use plan, surface drainage
pattern/ground water flow direction & nearby site habitation village /locations in 10 km radius of project.
The details of surface water sampling locations are presented in Table 3-16.
Table 3-16: Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Distance Direction w.
Date of
Code Location Source Latitude (N) Longitude (E) from Project r. t. Project
Sampling
Site in Km Site
Jolwa
SW 1 Pond 21.01.15 21° 42’ 51.8” 72° 39’ 11.2” 4.01 SE
village
SW 2 Vav village Pond 21.01.15 21° 45’ 10.0” 72° 38’ 41.7” 3.12 NE
Kadodara
SW 3 Pond 21.01.15 21°45’ 53.8” 72° 38’ 43.0” 4.15 NE
village
Vadadla
SW 4 Pond 21.05.15 21°43’ 48.7” 72° 37’ 57.0” 1.12 E
village
Dahej
SW 5 Pond 21.01.15 21°42’ 42.1” 72° 35’ 1.70” 4.47 SW
Taluka
Narmada
SW 6 River (D/s) Estuary 21.01.15 21°40' 48.26" 72° 35' 43.33" 6.08 SSW
nr. Ambeta
Quality of Surface Water
Analytical results of the surface water /Pond /River (Estuary) water samples are presented in Table
3-17&Table 3-18.

Table 3-17: Analysis Result of Pond Water Samples

IS 10500 Standard Limits for
Samples
drinking water
Acceptable Permissible SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5
S.No. Parameters Units limit
limit Jolwa Vav Kadodara Wadadla Dahej
Source Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond
Date of sampling 21.01.15 21.1.15 21.01.15 21.01.15 21.01.15
1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 NR 7.36 7.31 7.29 7.43 7.33
2 TDS mg/l 500 2000 1352 568 812 720 324
3 Electrical conductivity µmhos /cm NS NS 2122 686 1092 1035 548
4 COD mg/l NS NS 41 20 98 20 33
5 BOD mg/l NS NS 13 <5 37 <5 8
6 Phenol mg/l 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
7 Chloride mg/l 250 1000 692 102 270 251 86
8 Sulphate mg/l 200 400 70 64 57 60 15
9 Total Hardness mg/l 200 600 200 320 320 320 270
10 Ca Hardness mg/l NS NS 188 194 100 80 114
11 Mg Hardness mg/l NS NS 12 126 220 240 156
12 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 600 110 100 100 130 110
13 Nitrate mg/l 45 100 13.6 13.9 23.3 9.28 11.8
14 Fluoride mg/l 1 1.5 0.79 0.74 0.83 0.75 0.36
15 Sodium mg/l NS NS 335.2 24.4 109.0 176.6 14.8
16 Potassium mg/l NS NS 5.1 3.2 4.9 7.5 5.2
17 Calcium mg/l 75 200 75.3 77.7 40.1 32.1 45.7
18 Magnesium mg/l 30 100 2.92 30.6 53.5 58.3 37.9
19 Salinity mg/l NS NS 1247.5 183.8 486.5 452.3 154.97
20 Total Nitrogen mg/l 0.5 NR 3.25 3.7 6.15 2.4 3.15
21 Total Phosphorus mg/l NS NS <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

IS 10500 Standard Limits for

Samples
drinking water
Acceptable Permissible SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5
S.No. Parameters Units limit
limit Jolwa Vav Kadodara Wadadla Dahej
Source Pond Pond Pond Pond Pond
Date of sampling 21.01.15 21.1.15 21.01.15 21.01.15 21.01.15
Dissolved Oxygen
22 mg/l NS NS 3.8 3.6 4.2 3.2 3.9
(D.O.)
23 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
24 SAR - NS NS 10.3 0.59 2.64 4.27 0.39
25 Heavy metals
a Arsenic mg/l 0.01 0.05 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
b Cadmium mg/l 0.003 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
c Chromium mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
d Copper mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05
e Cyanide mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003
f Iron mg/l 0.3 NR <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1
g Lead mg/l 0.01 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01
h Mercury mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
i Manganese mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04
j Nickel mg/l 0.02 NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
k Zinc mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08
Shall not be Shall not be
28. Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 2200 1300 3900 1400 2000
detectable detectable
Shall not be Shall not be
29. Faecal Coliform MPN/100 ml 1200 840 1700 700 1100
detectable detectable
Note: NS – Not Specified; NR – No Relaxation

Table 3-18: Analysis Result of River (Estuary) Water Sample

Classification for Costal Water Marine (CPCB) Nr. Ambheta Village
Unit
S. No. Parameters SW8: Narmada Estuary
SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V
(D/s)
1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 7.55
2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.1
No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour No Colour
3 Colour and Odour -
No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour No Odour
4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 - None
None from
Sewage or
5 Suspended Solids mg/l - - - - 30
Industrial
waste Origin
6 Turbidity NTU - 30 30 - - 2.5
7 BOD mg/l - 3 - 5 - 4
Oil and Grease
8 mg/l 0.1 - - - - <0.4
(including Petroleum Products)
9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.001
10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.01
11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 - - - - <0.001
12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.1
13 Dissolved Manganese ( as Mn) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.04
14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) - 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 310
None except for
Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse
treated Sewage and
15 floating Solids, Oil Grease and - - - - - None
Industrial waste
Scum
Effluent

Classification of Coastal/Marine Waters for Designated Best Uses

Class Designated Best Use
SW-I Salt
SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing
SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics
SW-IV Harbor
SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal
Observation of surface water (Pond & River) quality
The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface water quality monitoring within
the study area, it is observed that
1. The COD and BOD value observed slightly high at all locations due to anthropogenic sources
such as washing, bathing etc.
2. All other parameters are within the permissible limits as per drinking water standards at all
locations except total coliform and faecal coliform which is found high at all locations in pond
water.
3. The Quality of Narmada estuary is nearly matching with class SW-II as per causal water
marine standards.
3.11 Geological Environment
3.11.1 Topography and Geomorphology
Topographically, the entire area is almost flat with gentle dipping toward west. Geomorphologic
ally, coastal area is covered by tidal and mud flats. Drainages have acquired a pattern of deltaic
condition.
3.11.2 Regional Geology
A concise description of Geology for Bharuch district given by Geological Survey of India is given
below:
Table 3-19: Regional Geology

Formation Lithology Geological Age
Younger alluvium Soils and blown sand Holocene
Older Alluvium Highly weathered red coloured Alluvium with Pleistocene
kankar and calc crusts
Jhagadia Formation Agate conglomerate PliocenetoMiddle Miocene
Kand Formation Clay, marl, Limestone, Sandstone, siltstone and Lower Miocene
conglomerate
Babaguru Formation Ferruginous sandstones, Clay pebbly sandstone
and conglomerate
Tarakeshwar Formation Bentonite clay, clay stone and sandstone Lower EocenetoOligocene
Nummulite Formation Argillaceous Limestone and clay with LowertoUpper Eocene
Nummulite
Vadadkhol Formation Clay Friable sandstone, pebbly sandstone and Lower Eocene
Conglomerate
Deccan Volcanics Basics Dykes, Plugs Rhyolite and Basalt etc. Upper CretaceousToEocene
Bagh Beds Sandstone, limestone and clay MiddletoUpper Cretaceous

3.12 Soil Environment

The project area falls under South Gujarat Agro-climatic Zone II and Agro-ecological region-21.The
annual average rain fall is 985mm.The soils are predominantly of trap origin deep black soils
(63%), however coastal black (14%) and loam soils (23%) are also present. Taxonomically these
soils are classified as Vertisols. The soils at the GIDC site are also clayey having very high water
holding capacity and porosity, but permeability is very low. The soil depth is > 100 cm and soil
slope is 1-3 %. As the area is in the proximity of sea, waters and soils are likely to be
saline/alkaline. The ground water table is around 7-8m, indicating that ground water recharge is
not feasible. The main source of water is Narmada canal as bore wells are not feasible in the
GIDC. The crops of the surrounding areas are paddy, cotton and sugarcane and in winter sorghum
and wal are grown. The cropping intensity of the area is 117%.
Figure 3-4: Agro climatic zone of Gujarat State
3.12.1 Objectives
The main objective of the study are as follows:
 To know physical and chemical properties of soil

 To suggest ameliorating measures if required for soil conservation
 To identity soil pollution and suggest appropriate measures
3.12.2 Methodology
This was done by different parameters, mentioned as follows by collection of secondary data:
 Recent Google image,

 District Resource Map (DRM),
 Published by GSI studied to collect basic information of Soil type.
 Identification of Soil Type and Soil Profile of site and surrounding area.
 A field visit conducted to study site-specific soil quality and condition includes soil color,
texture mineralogical content, plasticity and any possible impact to the environmental setting
due to project.

3.12.3 Soil sample collection Methodology
The location for soil sample collection were randomly selected at the project site as well as from
the surrounding areas namely Soil-01 to Soil-08. The soil samples from 0-15 cm depth were
collected by using spade and pawada. The samples were homogenized and about 1 Kg soil sample
was collected in the polyethylene bag. Labeled with sample ID which includes site numbers and
project name. The samples were brought to the laboratory for analysis of physical (porosity, water
holding capacity, permeability, particle size distribution) and chemical properties (cation exchange,
electrical conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio, pH, Ca, Mg, Na, K).
3.12.4 Site observation
The site visit was carried out for monitoring the proposed project site. The GIDC area is barren
and soils are of trap origin and highly expanding type and are called Vertisols taxonomically. The
soils are having very low permeability on account of clay texture. The depth of water table is 6-7
meter. The annual average rain fall is around 900 mm. The soil depth is < 100 cm. The upper soil
layer is clayey and at lower depths yellow soils are observed this indicates that upper clay layer is
transported one. The soils are saline/alkaline due to proximity of sea. Although in GIDC, we found
Prosopis julifera trees but in the adjoining areas cultivation of cotton, castor, pigeon pea, sorghum
and wal is being practiced.
3.12.5 Soil Sampling Locations
Soil sampling was carried out at 08 locations in the study area and they are presented in Table
3-20.
Table 3-20: Soil Sampling Locations
Sample Distance from Direction Date of
Sampling Location
Code Project Site in Km w.r.tProject Site Sampling
ST 1 At project site - - 23.01.2015
ST 2 Jolwa village 3.93 SE 23.01.2015
ST 3 Vav Village 3.12 NE 23.01.2015
ST 4 Vadadala Village 1.38 E 23.01.2015
3.12.6 Sampling and Analysis Methodology
Methodology of soil sample monitoring is given in Annexure 5and the soil sampling analysis
results are given in Table 3-21.Photograph 12-7in Annexure 5shows soil sampling at project
site and within study area.
Table 3-21: Soil Sampling Analysis report

Sample Code ST01 ST02 ST03 ST04
Sampling Location At
At Jolwa At Vav At Vadadla
project
S. No. Parameter Unit village village village
site
1 porosity % 58 56 56 59
2 Water Holding Capacity % 51.80 45.10 61.30 62.30
3 Permeability mm/hr 8.38 7.4 9.44 10.7
4 Particle Size Distribution -
5 Sand % 26.00 36.00 27.00 23.00

6 Silt % 42.00 35.00 41.00 41.00

Sample Code ST01 ST02 ST03 ST04

Sampling Location At
At Jolwa At Vav At Vadadla
project
S. No. Parameter Unit village village village
site
7 Clay % 32.00 29.00 32.00 36.00
Clay
8 Texture - Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam
Loam
Cation Exchange
9 meq/100gm 52.00 56.00 42.00 57.00
Capacity
10 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.146 0.285 0.140 0.294
11 Sodium Absorption Ratio -- 1.48 1.32 1.06 1.73
12 Exchangeable Sodium % 0.92 0.69 0.31 1.28

13 pH -- 8.13 8.10 7.87 8.36
14 Calcium gm/kg 0.40 0.46 0.85 0.32
15 Magnesium gm/kg 0.39 0.25 0.21 0.29
16 Sodium gm/kg 0.78 0.64 0.60 0.80

17 Potassium gm/kg 0.11 0.10 0.12 0.10
Note: NA - Not Applicable, NR - No Relaxation, NS - Not Specifie
3.12.7 Observation on soil quality
For monitoring soil quality four (At site, Jolwa, Vav and Vadadala villages) soil samples were
collected including the project site. The samples were assessed for physical and chemical
properties.
 The porosity ranged from 56% (Jolwa and Vav villages) to 59% (Vadadala village) and WHC
varied from 45.10% (Jolwa village) to 62.30 % (Vadadala village).
 The soil permeability was low to medium which ranged from 7.4 mm/hr (Jolwa village) to 10.7
mm/hr (Vadadala village), however soil texture in all the soil samples was clay loam, hence
whatever variation observed was mainly due to variation in organic matter content of soils.
 The EC of soil ranged from 0.140 dS/m (Vav village) to 0.294 dS/m (Vadadala village), while
ESP varied from 0.31 (Vav village) to 1.28 (Vadadala village).
 These soils are neither saline nor sodic as EC and ESP are < 0.8 dS/m and 5.0, respectively.
 The pH of soil ranged from 7.86 (Vav village) to 8.36 (Vadadala village), which indicates that
soils are neutral to slightly alkaline.
3.13 Geology and Hydrogeology at site

Dahej GIDC is located on west of Bharuch at Gulf of Khambhat. Topographically, the area is
almost flat with gentle slope toward west to southwest i.e. toward Gulf. Geologically, entire area
is covered with recent age deposits of fluvial and marine origin. Major part of the study area is
covered with gray to yellow colouredsilty loam.
Environmental Site Assessment (Phase I and II) of a site was conducted April-May 2014. Three
piezometric wells were drilled and installed during site assessment. Lithology of one of the well is
represented in Table 3-22.
Table 3-22: Litholog of Piezometric well drilled at site

Depth (m) Description of Strata IS Classification

Depth (m) Description of Strata IS Classification

0.0 Brownish Yellow Silty Clay CH
1.0 Brownish Yellow Soil with high Plasticity CI
3.0 Yellow Fine Silty Clayey CH
5.0 Brownish Yellow with high Plasticity CI
13.0 Brownish Yellow Soil with sand particles SP
Abbreviation:
Water Table:
CH: Silty Clay
CI: High Plasticity Clay
SP: Sand Particles
Groundwater level was encountered at 8 m bgl during site assessment. As per discussion with
local people and well owners, depth to water level, within study area is 8 to 10 m and total depth
of wells ranging from 15 to 20 m. Owing to geological conditions, the Groundwater is salty and
only used for general purpose. At some places, post monsoon water, shows slight improvement in
terms of quality. However with passage of time it turns saline. Drinking water is supplied by
tankers or pipe lines in most of the villages at vicinity of GIDC and SEZ area.
3.14 Seismicity
Gujarat is categorized in the seismic zone III, which is classified as having a fairly high probability
of earthquake shocks measuring 5 or 6 on the Richter scale, low probability of shocks of 6 or 7 on
the Richter scale.
Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat is shown asFigure 3-5.

Figure 3-5: Earthquake zoning map of Gujarat
Proposed Site
3.15 Ecology and Biodiversity
3.15.1 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment
Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at Curitiba, Brazil on
March 20th-31st,2006 suggested biodiversity to be considered in impact assessment by providing
voluntary guidelines on biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment. CBD provides a
strong international platform for applying impact assessment techniques to biodiversity
conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to ensure that biodiversity is
addressed in projects, plan and policy decision (Article14). An underlying justification for the
application of impact assessment is also given in Article -8 which is for promoting the protection of
ecosystems, natural habitats, promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in
areas next to the protected areas.
3.15.2 Biological Diversity
The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as biological diversity or Bio
diversity. Biodiversity is a term which has gained enormous importance in the past few years.
Technically, it is a contraction of 'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article 2. Use
of Terms), 'Biological Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from all sources
including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes
of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems".
In practice, 'biodiversity' is most often used as a collective noun synonymous with nature or 'Life
on Earth' (WCMC Biodiversity Series No 5, 1996).
The biodiversity, we see today is the result of billions of years of evolution, shaped by natural
processes. The vast array of interactions among the various components of biodiversity makes the
planet habitable for all species, including humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological
diversity is a global asset of tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same
time, the threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is today. Species

extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting biodiversity is for
our self-interest and also for the future generation.
3.15.3 Ecological Impact Assessment
Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts of development
activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby providing the information needed to
ensure that ecological issues are given full and proper consideration in development planning.
Environmental impact assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable development by
integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA has a major part to
play as a component of EIA but also has other potential applications in environmental planning
and management. Ecological Impact Assessment provides a comprehensive review of the EcIA
process and summarizes the ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand, explain
and evaluate the ecological consequences of development proposals.
Environmental impact assessments have become an integral part of development projects in India
ever since 1994, to formulate policies and guidelines for environmentally sound economic
development. Proper assessment of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data
is essential for the impact prediction.
Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and floristic and faunal
diversity of the areas are almost non-existent in country as diverse as India. Instant information
on biodiversity profiles of the area, where the proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of
the baseline studies of EIA. In such a situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a pre-
requisite for the collection of reliable data. The professional ethic of the EIA practitioners should
be their will and skill to conduct scientific field surveys. These contributions towards biodiversity
surveys may sometimes recognized as the actual value additions in terms of new records or a new
data base but are more often recognized in the validation and updating of the existing information
base.
3.15.4 Period of the study and Study area
The baseline study was conducted for the evaluation of floral and faunal biodiversity of the
terrestrial environment within 10 Km radius from the proposed project in the Bharuch district
during June, 2015.
3.15.5 Sensitivity/Habitats of the Study Area
Mangroves
Area Distance from Project Site (km.) Direction
Dahej 6.56 NE
Dahej 8.25 WSW
3.15.6 Methodology
The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the
study area. The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats
within the 10 km radius from the project location. The methodology adopted for faunal survey
involve; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal
bird observation, active search for reptiles, active search for scats and foot prints and review of
previous studies. The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the
commencement of expansion activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic,
migratory and threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was

conducted to identify the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological
communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of
individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN category system.
3.15.7 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment
Floral diversity of the study area
Structure in the study area for formulating effective management and conservation measures. The
climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex interrelationship and composition of
species, which are adapted to these variations, have resulted in different vegetation cover,
characteristic of each region. The following account of floral inventory has been based on the field
survey conducted for a short duration in theJune 2015, is not very comprehensive data and is
aimed only to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region during the study period as a
baseline data in absence of available secondary data. Listing of the endangered, threatened and
endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the attention to the occurrence of such species,
would aid in creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole to protect such species from
extinction, and to take necessary measures for their conservation. These type of floristic study is
an inventory for such purpose and hence a necessity.The dominant tree species, herbs, shrubs
and major crops, were documented during this base line study.
The list of floral species is prepared based on visual observation during site visit and through
review of site literatures and secondary data available with various government offices is referred
for identifying rare or endangered species in the region.
In core zone, the vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali
Babul) is observed to be dominant in the study area. No forest land comes under study area. The
vegetation type is subtropical coastal thorny scrub jungles with trees predominantly moist
deciduous type but rarely evergreen. The natural vegetation is scarce, scattered and open. In all
other areas, the trees are dominated by Acacia nilotica and Prosopis juliflora. The plants growing
are Acacia nilotica, Prosopis juliflora, Salvadora sp. along with wide variety of herb species.
The coastal bed confined to seashores have mangrove ecosystem is in Dahej where mangrove
forest with Avicenia and Rhizophora species found on the seaward side. Density in these areas
varies from open forest to dense.
In buffer zone, total of 31 plant species were observed in the study area. Out of which 17 tree
species, 5 shrubs species and 3herbs species, 1 climber species, 1 twiner species, 2 species of
grass and 2 species mangroves were observed. Details pertaining to flora observed in the study
area have been collected from District Forest Department, District Gazetteer and Field Observation
is presented in a tabular format as inTable 3-23.
Table 3-23: List of Floral species in Study Area

Sr. No. Scientific Name Local Name Family
TREES
1. Pongomia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae
2. Prosopis cineraria Khijado Mimosaceae
3. Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae
4. Acacia nilotica Desi Baval Mimosaceae
5. Acacia Senegal Gorad Mimosaceae
6. Azardirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae
7. Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabaceae

Sr. No. Scientific Name Local Name Family

8. Cassia fistula Garmalo Caesalpiniaceae
9. Cordia Sp. Gunda Ehretiaceae
10. Delonix regia Gulmohar Caesalpiniaceae
11. Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae
12. Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae
13. Moringa concanensis Sargwo Moringaceae
14. Pithecellobium ducle Goras Amli Mimosaceae
15. Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Mimosaceae
16. Syzygium cumini Jambudo Myrtaceae
17. Tamarindus indica Amli Caesalpiniaceae
SHRUBS
1. Dature metel Dhaturo Solanaceae
2. Nerium indicum Karen Apocynaceae
3. Lawsonia inermis Menhdi Lythraceae
4. Cassia auriculata Aval Caesalpiniaceae
5. Euphorbia sp. Thor Euphorbiaceae
HERBS
1. Catharanthus roseus Barmasi Apocynaceae
2. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae
3. Indigofera linnaei Fatakiyu Fabaceae
CLIMBERS
1. Bogainvelillea spectabilis Boganvel Nyctaginaceae
TWINNERS
1. Cuscuta chinensis Amarvel Convolvulaceae
GRASSES
1. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae
2. Dendrocalamus strictus Narvans Poaceae
MANGROVES SPECIES PRESENT IN THE STUDY AREA
1. Avicennia marina Cher Acanthaceae
2. Rhizophora mucronata Cher Rhizophoraceae
Cultivated Plants in the study area
The main crops observed in the study area are Cotton. Other crops grown are Wheat, Groundnut,
Castor, Bajra, Mustard. Major crops grown in the area are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), jowar
(Sorghum species), Til (Sessamum), Cotton (Gossipium sp.) Soyabean (Glycine max).
Rare and Endangered Flora in the study area
Among the enumerated flora in the study area, no rare and endangered or rare flora was
observed.
Endemic flora in the study area
There is no endemic plant observed in the study area.

Status of Forest and their category in the study area

S. No. Forest Status Distance (km.) Direction
1 Dahej Reserve Forest 6.56 NE
Faunal diversity in study area
For the documentation of the faunal diversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles and
mammals species a baseline survey had been conducted in June, 2015 and also used reference
from review of site literatures and secondary data available with various government offices.
Birds of the study area
List of bird species in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in Table 3-24.
Table 3-24: List of Birds in Study Area

S. Scientific Name Common Name Conservation Status Conservation
No. as per IWPA -1972 Status as per
(Schedule I -VI) IUCN
1 Platalea leucorodia Spoonbill Schedule -IV Least Concern
2 Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret Schedule -IV Least Concern
3 Ardeola grayii Pond Heron Schedule -IV Least Concern
4 Anas crecca Common Teal Schedule -IV Least Concern
5 Pondiceps ruficolis Little Grebe Schedule -IV Least Concern
6 Vanellus indicus Red wattled Lapwing Schedule -IV Least Concern
7 Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Schedule -IV Least Concern
8 Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Schedule -IV Least Concern

9 Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Schedule -IV Least Concern
10 Upupa epops Hoopoe Schedule -IV Least Concern
11 Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Schedule -IV Least Concern
12 Stroptopelia senegalensis Little Brown Dove Schedule -IV Least Concern
13 Eudymamys scolopacea Koel Schedule -IV Least Concern
14 Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Schedule - V Least Concern
15 Caprimulgus asiaticus Common Indian Schedule -IV Least Concern
Nightjar
16 Lanius excubitor Grey Shrike Schedule -IV Least Concern
17 Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Schedule -IV Least Concern
18 Dicrurus adsimmlis Black Drongo Schedule -IV Least Concern
19 Acridotheres ginginianus Common Myna Schedule -IV Least Concern

20 Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul Schedule -IV Least Concern
21 Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird Schedule -IV Least Concern
22 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Schedule -IV Least Concern
23 Lonchura sp. Munia Schedule -IV Least Concern
24 Turdoides sp. Bulbul Schedule -IV Least Concern
Reptiles
Documented reptiles in this region are given in Table 3-25.

Table 3-25: List of Reptiles in study area

S. Name of Species Conservation Status
No
Common Name Scientific name IWPA -1972 IUCN
(Schedule I - VI)
1 Naja naja* Indian Cobra  II Least Concerned
2 Calotes versicolor (Daudin) Common garden IV Least Concerned
lizard
3 Champacuon zeylanicus Indian IV Least Concerned
Chameleon
 = Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers,during the interaction
with them with pictorial presentation.
Mammals
The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from study area is documented in
Table 3-26.
Table 3-26: List of Mammals in study area
S. Common Name Scientific name Local Status IWPA -1972
No (Schedule I - VI)
1 Indian field mouse Mus booduga (Gray) Abundant V
2 Wild Boar Sus Scrofa Abundant III
3 Five striped Palm Funambulus pennanti Common IV
squirrel (Wroughton)
4 Nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas) Abundant III
5 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy) Common II
6 Jackal Canis aureus(Linnaeus) Common II
Endemic Fauna of the Study area
None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.
Scheduled Fauna of the study area
Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, amended on 17thJanuary 2003, is an Act to provide for the
protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or
incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the
country.
Some of the sighted fauna was given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection)Act, 1972 by
including them in different schedules.
None of the reported animals are fall in Schedule I. Among reptile only Indian Cobra (Naja naja)
are provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972) which was reported
in the study area.
Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) and Jackal (Canis aureus (Linnaeus)
are schedule –II animals. Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) is protected as Schedule-III animal as
per Wild Life Protection act 1972.

3.16 Socio-Economic Environment

The proposed project is coming in PCPIR, the focus sector of it being Chemical and Petrochemical.
The leading companies in the PCPIR are Reliance Industries Limited, OPAL, ONGC, Petronet LNG
Limited, GSPC etc.
3.16.1 Social Profile
Population Distribution
The project study area consists of 22 villages /habtation falling in Vagra taluka of Bharuch district.
Due to rapid industrialization and outcome of Dahej GIDC there is sharp fall in the agricultural
activity in the study area.The people have started working as daily wage or contractual labours to
carve out their livelihood. Fishermen community also exists in the study area villages who lives on
a daily earn basis to fulfill their basic needs.
Table 3-27-Demographic Status of the Study Area

Household Household Population Population
S. No. Village Distance
(2001) (2011) (2001) (2011)
1 Vadadla 0 - 3 Kms 142 201 606 822
Sub- Total 142 201 606 822
2 Jolva 3 - 5 Kms 171 338 814 1,442
3 Dahej 3 - 5 Kms 1,551 3,426 6,846 13,495
4 Kadodara 3 - 5 Kms 353 420 1,811 1,995
Sub- Total 2,075 4,184 9,471 16,932
5 Galenda 5 - 7 Kms 95 120 513 611
6 Samatpor 5 - 7 Kms 69 79 332 367
7 Sambheti 5 - 7 Kms 67 82 391 416
8 Padariya 5 - 7 Kms 131 131 569 647
9 Rahiad 5 - 7 Kms 269 355 1,315 1,694
10 Suva 5 - 7 Kms 325 413 1,664 1,920
11 Ambheta 5 - 7 Kms 293 347 1,330 1,522
12 Janiadara 5 - 7 Kms 129 150 621 729
13 Vav 5 - 7 Kms 133 155 676 727
Sub- Total 1,511 1,832 7,411 8,633
14 Koliad 7 - 10 Kms 120 152 535 676
15 Atali 7 - 10 Kms 215 239 1,145 1,150
16 Akhod 7 - 10 Kms 133 174 669 831
17 Nadarkha 7 - 10 Kms 79 92 417 447
18 Narnavi 7 - 10 Kms 131 151 669 692
19 Paniadara 7 - 10 Kms 460 514 2,330 2,563
20 Lakhigam 7 - 10 Kms 640 1,217 3,357 4,938
21 Jageshwar 7 - 10 Kms 346 383 1,435 1,571
22 Luvara 7 - 10 Kms 276 385 1,393 1,663
Sub- Total 2,400 3,307 11,950 14,531
Grand Total 6,128 9,524 29,438 40,918
Source: Primary Census Abstract 2001 & 2011

From the above table it can be inferred that there has been an increase of 28.6% in the
population of study area since the last decade. The bulk increase can be seen in the Dahej Village
where the population just got doubled in 2011. There is increase of 35.7% in the grand total
households numbers since 2001 The study area has attracted large number of population of
migrants from rural areas of Gujarat & Maharashtra, U. P, Bihar, Orissa, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil
Nadu, and Kerala etc. due to job avenues in the prominent industries like
IPCL,ADANI,OPAL,TORRENT, GACL,GCPTCL, IOCL & GIDC etc.
Table 3-28- Sex Ratio of the Study Area

2001 2011 Sex Ratio
Distance
Male Female Male Female 2001 2011
0-3 Kms 305 301 419 403 986.89 961.81
3 - 5 Kms 5,125 4,346 10,170 6,762 848.00 664.90
5 - 7 Kms 3,816 3,625 4,443 4,220 949.95 949.81
7 - 10 Kms 6,513 5,394 8,132 6,399 828.19 786.89
Total 15,759 13,666 23,164 17,784 867.19 767.74
Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001 & 2011

The above table reveals that the sex ratio got reduced to 767.74 in 2011 from 867.19 in 2001.
Dahej village accounts for such a decrease which lies within 3 to 5 kilometer aerial distance from
the project site. The probable reason may be in-migration of male employees from various states.
Table 3-29-Stratification (Age Wise) of Vadadla Village

Age Group Frequency Percentage
0-6 Years 17 8.0
7-14 Years 34 16.1
15-35 Years 97 46.0
36-60 Years 48 22.7
60+ Years 15 7.2
Total 211 100
Source: Primary Household Survey- 2015

The above table shows that the maximum population of Vadadala village lies within the age group
of 15-35 years which can be considered as the active work force. This population may be focused
for providing skill training programs in order to equip them to get jobs.The age group 36-60 years
accounts for about 22.7%. About 16.1% of the total population falls within the age group of 7-14
years. The population ageing above 60 years are about 7.2% of the total population.
Vulnerable Groups
SC/ST population in the study area has been shown in the table below.
Table 3-30-Details of SC/ST Population

2001 2011
% SC % ST % SC % ST
Distance
Female
Female
Female
Female
Total
Total
Total
Total
Male
Male
Male
Male
0-3 Kms 9.90 51.67 48.33 52.81 48.13 51.9 9.25 48.68 51.32 41.48 48.68 51.32

2001 2011
% SC % ST % SC % ST
Distance
Female
Female
Female
Female
Total
Total
Total
Total
Male
Male
Male
Male
3 - 5 Kms 5.32 50.40 49.60 21.71 52.87 47.1 4.90 52.96 47.04 16.54 51.89 48.11
5 - 7 Kms 4.43 52.74 47.26 16.45 51.76 48.2 3.73 50.00 50.00 16.66 51.67 48.33
7 - 10 Kms 4.18 54.00 46.00 26.17 52.29 47.7 3.91 52.64 47.36 28.88 45.45 42.64
Total 4.73 52.30 47.70 21.24 52.29 47.7 4.39 52.14 47.86 21.45 48.65 45.65

The percentage of the ST population in the study area is much higher than SC population of the
study area. In the core impact zone the SC population is approximately 9.25% whereas the ST
population is 41.48% in 2011. The SC population in the core zone has decreased to 9.25% in
2011. There has been slight decrease in the SC and increase in ST population since the last
decade.
Educational Facility
The statistics regarding the educational facilities within the study area is given in table below.
Table 3-31-Educational Facilities in the Study Area

Government Private
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Primary
Primary
College
College
Distance
School
School
School
School
School
School
Senior
Senior
0-3 Kms 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3-5 Kms 4 2 1 1 1 0 0 0
5-7 Kms 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7- 10 Kms 10 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 24 4 1 1 1 0 0 0
Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

From the above table it can be inferred that the government Primary School facility is present in all
the villages. In the study area there are 24 Primary Schools, 4 Secondary School, 1 Senior
Secondary School, 1 College. The professional educational institutions are absent. For further
higher education people visit Bharuch and nearby cities.
A important parameter to evaluate the situation of the society is literacy rate. It has been shown
in the table below.
Table 3-32-Literacy rate within the study area

2001 2011
Distance % Literacy % Literacy
Total Male Female Total Male Female
0-3 Kms 288.00 185.00 103.00 73.24 54.98 45.02
3 - 5 Kms 63.67 61.01 38.99 73.32 65.78 34.22
5 - 7 Kms 63.08 61.18 38.82 76.18 55.12 44.88

2001 2011
Distance % Literacy % Literacy
Total Male Female Total Male Female
7 - 10 Kms 60.38 64.55 35.45 74.65 60.76 39.24
Total 61.86 62.51 37.49 74.40 61.47 38.53
Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001& 2011
The literacy rate of the study area in 2001 and 2011 is approximately 62 and 74 percent
respectively. The males have higher literacy rate than the females. The female literacy rate has
improved in 2011 in comparison to 2001 Census data in all the villages of the study area.
Table 3-33-Literacy Level of Vadadla Village

S. No. Literacy Status Frequency Percentage
1 Illiterate 62 29.5
2 Aanganwadi/Balwadi 8 3.8
3 Standard 1-6 62 29.5
4 Standard 7-9 53 25.2
5 SSC 21 10.0
6 HSC 2 1.0
7 ITI/Diploma 2 1.0
8 Graduate 0 0.0
9 Post Graduate 0 0.0
Total 210 100
Source: Primary Household Survey-2015

According to the sample size study, it depicts that there are 70.5% of the literates and 29.5% of
the illiterates in the core zone. The illiterates are those who are unable to read and write.
The above table reflects 3.8% of the students in Aanganwadi/Balwadi, 29.5% are those who have
studied between 1-6th standard and 25.2% between 7-9th standard. The SSC qualified counts to
be 10% whereas the SSC passed are 1%. For attaining higher studies students travel to Bharuch
and nearby cities.
Around 20.4% of the total population are those students who are presently pursuing their studies
in schools, colleges and technical institutes.
Health Facilities
Table 3-34-Health facilities in the study area

Non-
Primary Maternity
Mobile Family Government
Health And Child Veterinary
Distance PHC Health Welfare Medical
Sub Welfare Hospital
Clinic Centre facilities Out
Centre Centre
Patient
0-3 Kms 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3-5 Kms 1 2 0 1 0 0 9
5-7 Kms 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
7- 10 Kms 0 2 0 0 0 0 3
Total 1 4 0 1 0 0 13

From the above table it can be inferred that the medical facilities are limited in the study area
villages. Apart from Dahej most of the villages are devoid of the health facilities. Primary Health
Centre is present only in the Dahej village.
Due to the absence of government medical facilities in the study area the villagers visits Bharuch
for treatment. Dahej and some village are having private medical facilities but due to high fees
people prefer to go to the city itself.
Water Resources
Table 3-35- Water Facilities with in the Study area
Tank/Pond/La
Covered Well
River/Canal
Hand Pump
Tap Water-
Tube Wells
Uncovered
Tap Water
/Borehole
Untreated
Treated
Others
Spring
Well
Distance
ke
0-3 Kms × √ × √ × × × × √ √
3-5 Kms × √ × √ √ × × × √ ×
5-7 Kms × √ × √ √ √ x √ √ √
7- 10 Kms × √ × √ √ √ x √ √ √

The above table reveals the drinking water & irrigation facilities within the study area. Well and
tank facilities are sufficiently present in the study area villages but the water requirement of the
village is not adequately supported by it because of it being saline unsuitable for the drinking
purpose. Due to the absence of tube well facility the cultivators totally depend on rain water for
the agricultural purpose. In the study area villages main source of drinking water is supply through
pipe line and water tanker provided by GIDC.
Housing Condition and Sanitation Facility
Housing Condition
The housing condition of the surveyed households has been shown below:
Table 3-36-Housing Condition in the Surveyed Village

Type of Housing Frequency
Pucca 18
Semi Pucca 7
Kutcha 15
Shanty 1
Total 41

The above table shows that out of the 41 household survey done 18 were having Pucca houses, 7
Semi Pacca, 15 Kutcha whereas 1 house was shanty. The houses that were pucca were mostly
those who had primary and secondary sources of income and had some land being acquired by
the SEZ.
Sanitary Toilet Facility

The type of toilet facility present in the surveyed village:

Table 3-37-Toilet Facility in the Surveyed Village

In house Toilet Facility 16
Open Defecation 25

The above table reveals that open defecation is practiced in Vadadla village. The people having
pucca houses generally had the toilets built in their house. The people who were living in Indira
Awas or in kutcha houses were generally not having the toilet facility available at their homes. The
vulnerable groups had got their toilet build under the Government Scheme/privately built but they
were not in working condition due to non-availability of piped water. They were left with no other
option but to defecate in open field.
3.16.2 Economic Profile
Agriculture
Agriculture is totally dependent on monsoon. The major crops grown are Wheat, Cotton, Pulses
and Bajri. Agriculture provides employment in the form of daily wage labour during the harvesting
season. People who have less or no land do labour in others field on daily wage basis. The
average wage for the male is Rs. 200 per day and for the female is Rs. 150 per day.
Industries/Factories
PCPIR located at Dahej, is spread over the blocks of Vagra and Bharuch, South Gujarat. This
region has been specifically delineated Investment Region planned for the establishment of
production facilities for petroleum, chemicals and petrochemicals. Vagra Taluka is the place where
the proposed project is coming. The major company that are there in GIDC Dahej Phase II are the
following Gujarat Narmada Valley Fertilizer Company, Adani Power Dahej Ltd., First Carbon
Technologies Pvt. Ltd., GACL, SRF Limited, Narmada Bio Chem Pvt. Ltd., Indofil Chemicals
Company, BOC, Meghmani Organics Ltd. etc.
Employment Status
The occupational status has been shown in the table below.
Table 3-38-Occupational status of the study area

% Occupational Status (2001) % Occupational Status (2011)
Agricultural
Agricultural
Cultivators
Cultivators
Household
Household
Marginal
Marginal
Workers
Workers
Workers
Workers
Distance
Others
Others
Labor
Labor
0-3 Kms 21.05 24.44 0.00 43.23 11.28 8.01 22.55 0.59 58.75 10.09
3-5 Kms 13.78 21.51 0.57 46.35 17.79 5.83 2.73 0.30 74.89 16.24
5-7 Kms 24.93 11.54 0.15 21.69 41.69 22.80 10.21 2.44 34.53 30.01
7- 10 Kms 18.94 10.96 0.48 54.06 15.55 10.52 8.65 0.43 57.71 22.69
Total 18.93 14.59 0.41 43.34 22.74 10.60 6.78 0.72 60.89 21.01

The table above reveals that the cultivators and agricultural labours have decreased to 6.78 % in
2011 in comparison to 14.59 % in 2001. As mentioned earlier the Padariya village (within 5-7

Kilometers) is the only village having the tube well facility so agriculture here is not dependent on
the monsoon season.
Table 3-39-Type of Livelihood Activity in the Core Impact area

S.No. Type of Livelihood Frequency Percentage
1 Agriculture 2 2.7
2 Daily Wage Labors 32 43.8
3 Pvt. Company Contractual Labour 14 19.2
4 Government Job 1 1.4
5 Electrician 2 2.7
6 Fishermen 6 8.2
7 Pension Holder 1 1.4
8 Mason 3 4.1
9 Driving 5 6.8
10 Business 5 6.8
11 Livestock 2 2.7
Total 73 100

From the above table it can be inferred that the huge population falls in the daily wage earner
category or as agricultural labour. Few of them even work in the private companies as the
contractual labour too. In the primary household social survey it was found that there is presence
of the electrician, driver, mason and fishermen in Vadadla village. 6.8% of the population were
having stationary, grocery, tea stalls etc. Even 2.7% of the population were earning from the
livestock and 8.2% from fishing.
Means of Transportation
The transportation facilities with in the study area are shown in the below mentioned table.
Table 3-40- Villages with Transportation Facilities

Private Bus Service
Public Bus Service
Sea/River/Ferry
Railway Station
Carts Driven by
Auto/Modified
Cycle-pulled
Rickshaws
Tractors
Animals
Service
Autos
Vans
Taxi
Distance
0-3 Kms √ x x √ x √ x x x x
3-5 Kms √ x √ √ √ √ √ x √
5-7 Kms √ x X √ x √ √ x √ x
7- 10 Kms √ x X √ x √ √ x √ x

The above table table shows that all the villages are having the government bus facility whereas
the railway facility is available in villages which is covered in 3-5 Kms aerial distance of the study
area. Bharuch and Dahej are the nearest railway station present for the study area villages.
Availability of Power Supply
The Government of Gujarat supplies power to all the households in the study area villages.

Means of Communication
The table below shows the means of communication in the study area.
Table 3-41-Communication Facilities with in the Study area
Public Call Office
Common Service
Internet Cafes /
Sub Post Office
Private Courier
/Mobile (PCO)
Mobile Phone
Centre (CSC)
Post Office
(landlines)
Telephone
Coverage
Facility
Distance
0-3 Kms x √ √ x √ √ x
3-5 Kms √ √ √ √ √ √ √
5-7 Kms x √ √ √ √ √ x
7- 10 Kms x √ √ √ √ √ x
The villages have adequate communication facilities in form of post office, post & telegraph and
phone. The post office is available in only 3-5 Kms of the aerial distance from the project site. The
Landline phones and mobile phones are readily available in all the villages of the study area. It has
become a necessity, for quick and easy communication.
Lifestyle
Village life has always been the resemblance of simple society, informal relations, traditional
livelihood patterns and contented lives. The socio-economic changes are evident in progressive
industrial development. The coming of the industries, creation of SEZ, SIR has made changes in
the rural life of Gujarat.
The maximum population of villages lies in the SEZ area of Dahej. This has impacted the lifestyle
of the villagers to some extent. The in-migration of population due to the industries has led way
for the apartment system that can be easily seen in the Jolwa and Dahej. The scope for civic
nuisance emerges with the coming of the migrant population. Local population has started renting
their houses for secondary source of income.
Majority of the people in the study area are vegetarian. A traditional ‘Gujarati Thali’ consisting of
dal (lentils), roti, rice and vegetables apart from salads, farsan and sweet dish followed by chaas,
forms the staple diet. Evening food consist of ‘bhakhri-shaak’ or ‘khichdi-kadhi. A variety of cuisine
sub-ordinates like pickles, chutney, papad, yoghurt, etc serve as fillings on main menu. However,
non-vegetarian food is also available in certain Muslim dominated and ST community areas like
Jolva village etc.
Due to the coming of the industries now there can be seen hotel/restaurant facilities available in
the study area serving all Indian cuisines like Punjabi, South Indian etc. along with traditional
Gujarati Thali with ‘chaas’ and ‘papad’.The local language spoken is ‘Gujarati’ followed by Hindi in
some rural and urban areas.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL
LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES
4.1 Introduction
Objective of this chapter is to:
 Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment
 Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities
 Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of
significance
 Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most
appropriate mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and
practicality in implementation.
4.2 Details of Investigated Environmental Impacts
4.2.1 Methodology of Impact Assessment
Key Definitions
Environmental Aspects
These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the
environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal
and emergency operations.
Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for meaningful
examination and small enough to be easily understood.
Environmental Impacts
Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or
beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.
Environmental Indices
The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land,
natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being
assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment,
ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health,
community health and safety
After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective /
objective criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.
Identification of Impacts
This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

1. Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental
impacts)
2. Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects
can cause an environmental impact
3. Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact
creation
4. Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting
activities on each component.
Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation
A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For
each environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.
Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk
Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the
environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe
the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of
environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular
situation, predictions have been arrived based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation
or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to
arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.
Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable

Levels of Risk and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures
Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made
to compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting
activities (i.e. aspects) that require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different
activities, a summary environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into
consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:
Severity / consequence: The resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical,
biological and/or socio-economic environments
Probability: The likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect
A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of

environmental risk, which aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring
methodology howsoever well-defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different
impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be
evaluated against past experience, professional judgment as well as project and activity specific
conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring
does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the
project as well as knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental
risk is as follows.
1. Scoring the Overall Impact Severity / Consequence
The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging
from insignificant to catastrophic consequence and are given inTable 4-1.

PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II MEASURES
Table 4-1: Overall Impact Scoring System due to the Proposed Project – Consequence Assessment
Impact and Score4
Environmental
S. Insignificant Major Catastrophic
Component Minor Consequence Moderate Consequence
No. Consequence Consequence Consequence
Impacted (+/-) 2 points (+/-) 3 points
(+/-) 1 point (+/-) 4 points (+/-) 5 points
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Very short term (< 3 Short term (3 months – 1
Medium term (1 - 3 years) Long term (>3 years) Permanent and irreversible
months) and reversible year) and reversible change
1 Landuse / Landcover and reversible change in irreversible change in adverse change in landuse
change in landuse and / or in landuse and / or
landuse and / or landcover landuse and / or landcover and / or landcover
landcover landcover
Moderate environmental
Minor environmental impact Unacceptable
impact due to Significant environmental
Temporary nuisance due to due to environmental impact due
controlled/uncontrolled impact due to release of air
controlled/uncontrolled controlled/uncontrolled to release of air emissions,
release of air emissions, emissions, odor / dust or
2 Air Quality release of air emissions, release of air emissions, odor / dust leading to
odor / dust or greenhouse greenhouse gases leading
odor / dust or greenhouse odor / dust or greenhouse possibility of chronic / acute
gases leading to visual to exceedance of limits
gases gases with no lasting health issues, injuries or
impacts, at significant specified in EP Rules’
detrimental effects fatalities
nuisance levels
Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit5 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of
Ambient Noise - give Relevant Noise Generating Unit
the mean score from <10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Up to 5% above the limit >5% above the limit
3 the three categories,
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
rounded to the
nearest decimal 1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more
Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit
4
In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell
5
For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher

Impact and Score4

Environmental
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more
Water Consumption (KL/D)
< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more
Surface Water - give
Water Consumption, Duration
the mean score from
< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
4 the three categories,
rounded to the Wastewater Discharge Quality
nearest decimal Other discharge within Other discharge, outside
Discharge to an authorized,
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge 6
limits specified by the EP limits specified by the EP
functional CETP
Rules Rules
Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations
Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified
Ground Water - give Water Drawl (KL/D)

the mean score from < 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more
5 the three categories, Water Drawl, Duration
rounded to the < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more
nearest decimal
Wastewater Discharge Quality
Discharge to an authorized, Other discharge within Other discharge, outside
No wastewater generation Zero Discharge
functional CETP limits specified by the EP limits specified by the EP
6
Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction

Impact and Score4

Environmental
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Rules Rules
Accidental Discharge
Negligible leakages of Moderate leakages of Major leakages of Heavy leakage that can
Minor but frequent leakages
chemicals/oil that only chemicals/oil that may chemicals/oil that adversely contaminate
of chemicals/oil that require
require periodic contaminate groundwater if contaminate groundwater groundwater and must
provision safety measures
maintenance for both proper safety measures not if safety measures not require urgent remediation
and proper maintenance
storage / transport routes provided provided actions
Loss up to 80% topsoil, or Loss up to 100% topsoil, or
Loss of up to 20% topsoil,
Loss of up to 40% topsoil, Loss of up to 60% topsoil, actual or possible actual or possible
or minor contamination of
or actual or possible or actual or possible contamination of soil contamination of soil
soil that can be easily
6 Soil Quality contamination of soil contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above volume >25 m3 and above
restored close to original
volume <25 m3 but below volume <25 m3 but above Dutch Intervention Values, Dutch Intervention Values7,
condition for volume <10
Dutch Intervention Values Dutch Intervention Values but not deemed to require and deemed to require
m3
urgent remediation urgent remediation
Minor impact on flora/fauna Significant changes in floral Some loss or widespread Long term and significant
Insignificant Environmental
and habitats, but no and faunal diversity. destruction to significant change in population or
Impact. Occasional damage
Ecology and Bio- negative impacts on Population and habitat area of land. habitat with negative
7.1 of flora and fauna. Some
diversity: Terrestrial ecosystem function. Disruption to, or some Destruction of rare flora impact on ecosystem
disturbance to flora and
Temporary impact impact on rare flora or and its habitat or function.
fauna habitats.
(< 1 month or site fauna, but not resulting in ecosystem. Widespread destruction to a
7
Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.

Impact and Score4

Environmental
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
preparation phase) to floral eradication of rare species. Long term and significant significant area of land, rare
habitats. Non persistent but possibly change in population or flora and fauna.
Destruction of local species widespread damage to land. habitat with negative
density during clearance of Disturbance to bird impact on ecosystem
site. habitation, damage that can function.
be remediated without long Continuous and serious
term loss. damage by erosion or to
Localized persistent flora or fauna.
damage; or significant The project activity within
temporary damage to 10km of NP/WS/RF/PF and
ecosystem. other eco-sensitive area).
Rare, endangered or any
scheduled species present
within 10km of the project
area.
Significant localized impacts
but without long term Significant widespread
Impact on aquatic impact on Phytoplankton, impact on protected Damage to an extensive
ecosystem, including flora, zooplankton habitat. wildlife portion of aquatic
Occasional short term fauna and habitat but not Temporary impact on (corals/mangroves/turtles/ ecosystem resulting in
Ecology and Bio-
7.2 impact and / or disruption destruction to species benthos ecosystem or any marine mammals). severe impacts on aquatic
diversity: Aquatic
to aquatic flora and fauna. diversity or density. fisheries ecosystem. Significant impact on population and habitats and
Some loss of fisheries mangroves habitat or long term impact on
Presence of Fish< 5 species. ecosystem. Presence of Fish > 10 aquatic habitat.
Presence of Fish 6 – 10 species.
species.

Impact and Score4

Environmental
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area
Socio-economic <0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%
Environment: Social Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area
Aspects - give the
Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
8.1 mean score from the
Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio
categories, rounded
to the nearest Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe
decimal Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes
<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change
No of Jobs Gained or Lost
Socio-economic <50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more
Environment: Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income
Economic Aspects -
<50 100 250 500 1000 or more
8.2 give the mean score
Land Losers
from the categories,
rounded to the <10 <20 <50 <100 >100
nearest decimal Losers of Homesteads
<5 <10 <25 <50 >50
Major damage to
Minor repairable damage to Moderate damage to
structures/ items of Irreparable damage to
structures/ items of cultural structures/ items of cultural
Socio-economic Minor repairable damage to cultural significance, or highly valued structures/
8.3 significance, or minor significance, or significant,
Aspects: Cultural commonplace structures major infringement of items/ locations of cultural
infringements of cultural infringement of cultural
cultural values/sacred significance or sacred value
values values/ sacred location
locations
Consequence Distance

Impact and Score4

Environmental
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7
Major injury of health
Minor injury or health effects (including permanent
Slight injury or health effects- Affecting work disability) - Affecting work
effects (including first aid performance, e.g. restriction performance in the longer Single fatality or
Multiple Fatalities-From an
case and medical treatment to activities, or need to take term. e.g. prolonged permanent total disability-
9.1 Risk to People accident of occupational
case). Not affecting work a time off work to recover. absence from work. from an accident or
illness
performance or causing Limited, reversible health Irreversible health damage occupational illness
disability effects e.g. skin irritation, without loss of life, e.g.
food poisoning noise induced hearing loss,
chronic back injuries
Massive effect-Persistent
Major effect- Severe severe environmental
Minor effect- contamination. Localized effect- Limited
environmental damage. damage or severe nuisance
Damage sufficiently large to loss of discharges of known
Slight Effect- Local The company is required to extending over a large
attack the environment. toxicity. Repeated exceeding
Environment damage. take extensive measures to area. In terms of
Single exceeding of of statutory or prescribed
9.2 Risk to Environment Within the fence and within restore polluted or commercial or recreational
statutory or prescribed limit. Affecting
system. Negligible financial damaged environment to use or nature conservation,
criterion. Single complaint. neighborhood. Spontaneous
consequences its original state. Extended a major economic loss for
No permanent effect on the recovery of limited damage
exceeding of statutory or the company. Constant,
environment within one year
prescribed limits high exceeding of statutory
or prescribed limits

2. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact
After identifying the consequence severity as shown inTable 4-1, the probability of occurrence
also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table
4-2 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for
estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.
Table 4-2: Probability of Occurrence

Likelihood of
Description Environment Health and Safety Containment Failure, Probability
Event / Year8
C1 C2 C3.1 OR C3.2 C4
Has happened more than once
per year at the location (in case
Continues or
of expansion projects) or less
Frequent will happen 1 x 10-3 5
than once per year in the
every time
organization / similar
installations
Has happened at the location
(in case of expansion projects)
Occur several
Often or more than once per year in 1 x 10-4 4
times
organization / similar
installations
Has happened once in
Might occur at
Likely organization or more than once 1 x 10-5 3
least once
per year in Industry
Possible Might occur Heard of in the Industry 1 x 10-6 2
Very rarely
Rare Never heard of in the Industry 1 x 10-7 or lower 1
encountered
3. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk
The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the
probability of occurrence together. Thus
Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence
The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact.Table 4-3 below assigns
significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for
reducing the environmental impact risks and thereafter, formulating and implementing
Environmental Management Plans (EMPs).
To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and
then evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 4-3.
8
Based on published failure data, per recognized failure unit (such as km-years, unit of operation or others).

Table 4-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Consequence (Risk)
Probability Catastrophic
Insignificant (1) Minor (2) Moderate (3) Major (4)
(5)
Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5
Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10
Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15
Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20
Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25
4. Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk
Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk activities.
Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such
that they are brought to a lower level of environmental risk.
High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a
manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities
vis-à-vis moderate risk activities. Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This is
summarized in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: Environmental Risk Categorization

Score Type of Risk Action Required
15-25 Extreme Risk Activity should not proceed in current form
Activity should be modified to include remedial planning and actions and be
8-12 High Risk
subject to detailed EHS assessment
4-6 Moderate Risk Activity can operate subject to management and / or modification
1-3 Low Risk No action required unless escalation of risk is possible
5. Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk
activities. A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as
an Environmental Management Program.
Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project
As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of

environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact and
‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive) impact. Identified environmental impacts have been listed
inTable 4-5.

Table 4-5: Environmental Impacts

S. Project Activity Impact Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment Remarks
No. (Type: O,
N, A, E; OH/
Duration: LU/LC AQ NV SW GW S EB SE RH SHW
CH&S
T, P)
1. Construction Phase
LC: Change in land cover; AQ: Generation of dust; NV:
Noise and vibration due to the excavation, construction
1.1 Preparation of site (O&N,T) ● ● ● o ● and movement of vehicles road laying equipment; SE:
generation of employment; OH: risk of occupational
injuries
AQ: Generation of dust; NV: Noise due to vehicular
movement; S: Spillage of concrete mixture containing
Vehicle movement for additives & plasticizers and construction materials
o
1.2 transportation of (O&N,T) ● ● ● ● containing heavy metals, paints, coating, liners etc.; SE:
●
materials and equipment hiring of vehicles and transport equipment / potential
damage to roads; OH/ CH&S: risk of spillage of
hazardous materials
LC: Change in land cover due to excavation; AQ: Dust
Generation; NV: Noise and vibration due excavation
1.3 Excavation work (O&N,T) ● ● ● ● o ● operations; S: removal of topsoil; SE: Temporary job
creation for excavation; OH: Occupational risk due to
excavation work
AQ: Dust Generation; NV: Noise and vibration due filing
1.4 Filling of foundation (O&N,T) ● ● o ● of foundation; SE: Temporary job creation; OH:
Occupational risk due to excavation work
NV: Noise and vibration during fabrication; SE:
Heavy fabrication work
Temporary job creation; SHW: Solid waste generation
1.5 including metal cutting (O&N,T) ● o ● ●
from fabrication work and metal waste; OH: Risk of
(Gas cutting, welding)
occupational injuries


No. (Type: O,
N, A, E; OH/
CH&S
T, P)
AQ: VOC’s emission due to painting, SE: Temporary job
creation; SHW: Solid waste generation from containers
1.6 Painting (O&N,T) ● o ● ●
of paint; OH: Risk of spillage of material and
occupational injuries
AQ: air emissions during final cleaning; SE: Temporary
1.7 Final cleaning of site (O&N,T) ● o
job creation
1.8 Usage of Water (N,T) ● SW: Water will be supplied by Dahej GIDC.
AP & AQ: Operation of DG Set during construction phase
Usage of Energy and
1.9 (N,T) ● ● generated air emission, NV: Noise generation due to
Power
operation of DG Set
GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil
Construction material
1.10 (N,T) ● ● ● ● contamination if leakage of construction material; RH &
storage and disposal
OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage
Domestic Waste GW: Domestic sewage generation will be disposed-off in
1.11 (N,T) ●
generation and disposal Soak pit and Septic tank
2. Operation Phase
Storage of ethylene oxide, AQ: emission from storage tanks(i.e scrubbed in
propylene oxide, DMS, Leakage: scrubber); GW / S: Possibility of ground water and soil
2.1 ● ● ● ● ●
Ammonia, POCl3, (A,T) contamination if leakage; RH & OH/OH&S: Risk to
Epichlorohydrin community health due to spillage
AQ/GW/SW/ S/ OH: Possibility of due to leak or spillage
of chemicals/ materials; NV: due to increase in traffic;
Transportation of Raw Leakage:
2.2 ● ● ● ● ● ● o ● ● EB: effect on vegetation due to leak or spillage of
Materials and Products (A,T)
chemicals/ materials; RH: Risk of fire and dispersion if
spillage of hazardous chemicals; SE: Indirect job
2.3 Production of Alkoxylates (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ● AQ: Release of HC during production; NV: due to


No. (Type: O,
N, A, E; OH/
CH&S
T, P)
(Ethoxylated/Propoxylated production operation; SW: Usage of water for process;
Products) RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of Ethylene
oxide/propylene oxide; SHW: Generation of Process
waste,
AQ: Release of HC during production; NV: due to
Production of Esters and production operation; SW: Generation of process
2.4 (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Quats effluent; RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of
raw materials; SHW: Generation of Process waste,
AQ: Release of SOX and HCl during production; NV: due
to production operation; SW: Usage of water in process
Production of Sulphates
2.5 (N,P) ● ● ● ● ● ● and generation of process effluent; RH/OHS: Possibility
and Sulphonates
of due to leak or spillage of raw materials; SHW:
Generation of Process waste,
NV: due to production operation; SW: Usage of water in
Production of Phosphate
2.6 (N,P) ● ● ● ● process; RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of
Ester
raw materials;
NV: due to production operation; SW: Usage of water in
Production of Formulated
2.7 ● ● ● ● process; RH/OHS: Possibility of due to leak or spillage of
Bend
raw materials;
2.8 Usage of Water (N,P) ● SW: Water will be supplied by Dahej GIDC.
S: Possibility of soil contamination due to improper
Storage, handling and
disposal of solid and Hazardous waste; OH/OH&S: Risk
2.9 disposal of (N,P) ● ●
to community health due to spillage in surrounding area
solid/hazardous waste
if not stored properly
AQ: Air emission from flue gas stacks, NV: Noise from
2.10 Operation of DG Set (N,P) ●
● ● operation of DG Set; SHW: Generation of used oil from


No. (Type: O,
N, A, E; OH/
CH&S
T, P)
operation of DG set.
AQ: Installation air pollution control measures system

Operation of Air Pollution
2.11 (N,P) ● and adequate stack height so air pollution will be
Control Measures System
minimal
Landscaping and
EB: Development of greenbelt will generate positive
2.12 greenbelt area (N,P) o
impact
development
3. Decommissioning Phase
LU: Change in Landcover; AQ/NV: Dust and noise
Dismantling of structures generation due to dismantling activity; SHW: Generation
3.1 (O&T) ● ● ● ● ●
of the projectcomponents of dismantling waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community
health due to dismantling
Type of Impact –O:One Time; N: Normal; A: Abnormal; E: Emergency; Duration of Impact –T: Temporary; P: Long-Term/ Permanent
LU/LC: Landuse/ Landcover; AQ: Air Quality; NV: Noise and Vibration; SW: Surface Water; GW: Ground Water; S: Soil; EB: Ecology & Bio-diversity; SE: Socio-Economic; RH: Risk &
Hazard; SHW: Solid &Hazardous waste generation; OH/CH&S: Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety

Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted
due to the project are:
 Landuse/Land cover: Installation of speciality chemical manufacturing plant is permissible

activity in GIDC, Dahej i.e. notified industrial estate. Negative impact is during site
preparation, installation of facility etc.
 Air quality: Adverse impact on air quality is due to vehicle movements during site
preparation, construction, Operation of production facility, operation of boiler, thermic fluid &
DG Sets, tanker loading and tanker movement will lead to air emission.
 Noise:Adverse impact on noise quality is due to vehicle movements during site preparation,
construction facility, during Operation phase during operation of Boiler, D.G. Set etc. and
Transportation of raw materials will lead to noise pollution.
 Surface Water: Leakage during chemicals transportation, leakage and spillage of chemicals,
Supply of water through GIDC, Dahej.
 Ground water: No adverse impact on groundwater as no withdrawal of groundwater.
Adverse impact on ground water due to Leakage during chemicals transportation, storage of
chemicals and storage of hazardous waste.
 Soil: Adverse impact on soil due to Leakage during chemicals transportation and storage.
 Ecology and Biodiversity: Adverse impact on ecology and bio-diversity due to leakage during
chemicals transportation and storage. Beneficial impact on ecology as sufficient greenbelt will
be developed.
 Socio – Economic: Positive impact due to creation of temporary jobs and increase in indirect
income.
 Occupational health, Community Health and Safety: Occupational risk during various
activity associated with construction of works, risk due to failure and leakage of chemicals.
4.3 Landuse
4.3.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in Land use/cover
There will be no change in landuse/landcover of the area as the land is allotted by GIDC, which is
already an industrial land.
4.3.2 Site Preparation
Clearance of land
Potential Environmental Impacts on
S. No. Project Activities / Aspects
Landuse/ Landcover (LU/LC)
1 Land Acquisition
1.1 Land lease or purchase Brown field project within GIDC area
2 Preparation of Site
2.1 Clearance of site and preparing for approach road Change in land use
Construction Phase Construction Phase
Excavation and paving of site Excavation and paving of site
The project site covers total 9 hectares of land. There will be change in land use/cover pattern
typically from scrub and agricultural land to built-up land i.e. industrial area as given in Table 5-4.
Preparation of Access Roads

The project site approach roads are developed so there will be no land acquisition. But the internal
roads within the project boundary will be developed, this aspect is being considered in
construction of site.
S. No. Land Use/Cover Category Area (Ha) Area (%)
1 Scrub 2.0 22.22

2 Agricultural land 7.0 77.78
Total Area 9.0
Construction Phase
Excavation and paving of site
The excavation work and filling of foundation activity will alter the topology of the site which will
have minor impact on land use.
Considering the above impact as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned above, the
likely impact scores on land environment are mentioned in Table 4-6.
Table 4-6: Impact Scoring Land

Impact Impact Scoring
Land use Aspect of
and
Code Impacting activity that will Remarks
Type – C P CxP
Activity impact LU/LC
D/I
Site
1 Direct
Preparation
Though there is Duration The change in land
Clearance of change in land of impact cover is negative
land cover from scrub will be (-2.66) 3 (-7.98 ~ 8) since land conversion
to built up land - very long will be for very long
industrial use term term to industrial use
D: Direct; I: Indirect, C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score
The impact scoring results shows that only one activity comes under moderate severe wherein
activity can operate subject to management and or modification.
4.4 Air Quality
4.4.1 Construction Phase
During the construction phase the activities that can cause potential impacts on air quality are as
follows:
 Dust and air emission particularly due to the excavation. Construction of production facility
and movement of vehicles.
 Particulate emission due to machinery and instrument operation for cleaning and construction
works.
 Fumes and gases near the work area due to welding & cutting activities.
 Dust emission due to removal of scrap materials, remaining and waste construction materials,
construction machinery, dismantling and removal of temporary structures, site cleaning and
disposal of these materials.
However, this increase in concentration would be of temporary nature and localized.

4.4.2 Operation Phase
Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be due to emissions from flue gas stacks
(10 Nos) and process vents (16 Nos.).
Emissions were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion
modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the dispersion
modeling software AREMOD of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA).
Source of Emissions
The stack details and gas emission from Flue Gas stacks details are given inTable 4-7and from
Process vents are given in Table 4-8.

Table 4-7: Stacks Details and Gas Emission Details from Flue Gas Stacks
Stack
Required Proposed Stack Exit Stack Stack Stack SO2 PM10 NOx
Stack Stack Dia. Fuel
Stack Attached to Stack Stack Velocity, Exit Exhaust, Exhaust, Emitted, Emitted, Emitted,
No. Nos. (Top), Used
Ht., m Ht., m m/s Temp, oK m3/s Nm3/s gm/sec gm/sec gm/sec
m
When NG will be used as Fuel
Boiler (3 Nos.
1 Working and 1 No. 3 22.4 40 0.8 10 423 5.03 3.54 NG 0.0025 0.0001 0.3285
Stand by)
Thermic Fluid Heater
2 4 15.7 30 0.3 10 423 0.71 0.50 NG 0.0008 0.00004 0.0462
(4 Nos.)
Diesel Generator (2
3 2 9.2 15 0.3 10 423 0.08 0.06 NG 0.0006 0.00003 0.0055
Nos.)
Air Heater for Drying
4 1 1.9 15 0.3 5 423 0.08 0.06 NG 0.0008 0.00004 0.0055
Material
When FO/HSD will be used as Fuel
Boiler (3 Nos.
1 Working and 1 No. 3 22.4 40 0.8 10 423 5.03 3.54 FO 2.64 0.1181 0.3285
Stand by)
Thermic Fluid Heater
2 4 15.7 30 0.3 10 423 0.71 0.50 FO 0.81 0.0361 0.0462
(4 Nos.)
Diesel Generator (2
3 2 9.2 15 0.3 10 423 0.08 0.06 HSD 0.14 0.0028 0.0055
Nos.)
Note: DG Sets will be used only during Power failure.

Table 4-8: Stack Details and Gas Emission Details from Process Vents
Stack Stack Exit Pollutant
Stack Stack Stack Exit
Stack Attached to Dia. Velocity, Emitted,
No. Ht., m Temp, oK
(Top), m m/s gm/sec
Hydro Carbon (HC)
Storage of ethylene
1 oxide/propylene oxide/Reaction 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0001
vessel
Storage of ethylene
2 oxide/propylene oxide/Reaction 23 0.125 250 377 0.0005
vessel
Ester Reactor/DMS Storage
3 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0001
Tank
4 Lab Fume Hood 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0005
5 Lab Fume Hood 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0005
6 Lab Fume Hood 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0005
7 Ester Reaction 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0005
Sulphur Oxides (SOx)
8 Sulphonation reaction vessel 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0003
Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)
9 Sulphation reaction vessel 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0001
POCl3 Storage Tank/Reaction
10 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0001
Vessel
Epichlorohydrin Storage and
11 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0001
Reactor Vessel
Ammonia (NH3)
12 Sulphation Neutralization Vessel 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0012
13 Ammonia Storage Tank 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0012
Particulate Matter (PM)
14 Spray Drier Bag Filter 15 0.20 1.20 318 0.0011
Assumptions
The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:
 The emission rate for SO2 was calculated based on sulphur content in the fuel and emission
rate of NOx was calculated based on statutory limit of 50 ppm for all stacks.
 Stability class was evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover.
 The mathematical equations used for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface
acts as a perfect reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet
deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.
Study has been conducted for Winter Season of year 2014-15. The stack emission concentrations
used for dispersion modeling were taken as per CPCB guidelines issued for conducting air quality
modeling. The meteorological data collected from IMD for winter Season was used for dispersion
modeling.

4.4.3 Air Quality Modeling
Results
The incremental increase in GLC of SOx, NOx, PM, HC, HCl & NH3 due to proposed manufacturing
activity is presented inTable 4-9. The worst combined environmental situation is predicted as the
sum of maximum monitored value of a parameter and the incremental GLC at the monitoring
location. This is a conservative estimate and probability of such occurrence is unlikely. The
predicted results are summarized below. Further detailed results and Isopleth in Annexure 8.
It is observed that:
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 when NG and HSD will be used as fuel is
observed to be 0.064 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 500m from
the source towards the SW direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for SO2 when FO and HSD will be used as fuel is
observed to be 34.20 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx when NG and HSD will be used as fuel is
observed to 1.37 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the
source towards the SE direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for NOx when FO and HSD will be used as fuel is
observed to 1.27 µg/m3. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the
source towards the SE direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM when NG and HSD will be used as fuel is
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM when FO and HSD will be used as fuel is
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HC is observed to be 0.41 µg/m3. These GLC’s are
expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SW direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for HCl is observed to be 0.06 µg/m3. These GLC’s are
expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SSE direction.
 The maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for NH3 is observed to be 0.074 µg/m3. These GLC’s
are expected to occur at a distance of 250 m from the source towards the SW direction.

Table 4-9: 24 hr average Incremental Increase in GLC

Name of Village/ Average Monitored When NG and HSD will be used as Fuel When FO and HSD will be used as Fuel
S. Industry Baseline Total Total Predictive GLC Total Total Predictive GLC
Pollutant
No. (Distance in km/ Concentration Incremental GLC for proposed project Incremental GLC for proposed project
Direction) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
SOx 12.1 0.012 12.112 6.76 18.86
NOx 20.6 0.25 20.85 0.23 20.83
PM 67 0.011 67.011 0.3 67.3
1 At Proposed Project Site
HC 1393 0.1 1393.1 0.1 1393.1
HCl <1 0.01 < 1.01 0.01 < 1.01
NH3 < 20 0.01 < 20.01 0.01 < 20.01
SOx 6.8 0.001 6.801 0.43 7.23
NOx 17.3 0.01 17.31 0.13 17.43
Vav Village PM 64 0.009 64.009 0.02 64.02
2
(3.25/NE) HC 1060 0.002 1060.002 0.002 1060.002
HCl <1 0.01 < 1.01 0.01 < 1.01
NH3 < 20 0.01 < 20.01 0.01 < 20.01
SOx 9.5 0.004 9.504 2.82 12.32
NOx 20.7 0.09 20.79 0.1 20.8
Vadadla Village PM 92 0.002 92.002 0.13 92.13
3
(1.38/E) HC 1561 0.03 1561.03 0.03 1561.03
HCl <1 0.01 < 1.01 0.01 < 1.01
NH3 < 20 0.003 < 20.003 0.003 < 20.003
SOx 8.3 0.002 8.302 1.6 9.9
NOx 22.4 0.24 22.64 0.05 22.45
4 Jolwa Village (3.93/SE)
PM 95 0.002 95.002 0.07 95.07
HC 1512 0.11 1512.11 0.11 1512.11

Name of Village/ Average Monitored When NG and HSD will be used as Fuel When FO and HSD will be used as Fuel
S. Industry Baseline Total Total Predictive GLC Total Total Predictive GLC
Pollutant
No. (Distance in km/ Concentration Incremental GLC for proposed project Incremental GLC for proposed project
Direction) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3)
HCl <1 0.01 < 1.01 0.01 < 1.01
NH3 < 20 0.02 < 20.02 0.02 < 20.02
SOx 7.8 0.002 7.802 1.62 9.42
NOx 17.8 0.06 17.86 0.05 17.85
At Radha-Madhav Site PM 67 0.004 67.004 0.07 67.07
5
(1.0/S) HC 1214 0.01 1214.01 0.01 1214.01
HCl <1 0.001 < 1.001 0.001 < 1.001
NH3 < 20 0.001 < 20.001 0.001 < 20.001
SOx 8.9 0.003 8.903 1.18 10.08
NOx 18.8 0.04 18.84 0.04 18.84
At Labour Colony PM 76 0.006 76.006 0.05 76.05
6
(1.37/NNW) HC 1060 0.1 1060.1 0.1 1060.1
HCl <1 0.01 < 1.01 0.01 < 1.01
NH3 < 20 0.009 < 20.009 0.009 < 20.009

4.4.4 Mitigation Measures
Mitigation measures for air quality impacts during construction phase:
 Periodic checking of vehicles and construction machinery to ensure compliance to emission

standards
 Water sprinkling on haul roads
Mitigation Measures for Air Quality Control during Operation Phase
 Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.

 All tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.
 Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.
 Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.
 DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.
Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions
mentioned in the above sections, the impact scores on air environment is presented in Table
4-10 as below:
Table 4-10: Impact Scoring of Air Environment
Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Remarks
C P CxP
Preparation at Site
It is a Greenfield project, Road
Preparation of site and
1 1 3 3 Network is well maintained up-to
approach roads
the site; Low risk
Vehicle movement for
2 transportation of materials and 1 2 2 Low risk
equipment
Installation of Plant
3 Excavation work 1 2 2 Low Risk
4 Filling of foundation 1 2 2 Low Risk
Heavy fabrication work including
5 metal cutting (Gas cutting, 1 2 2 Low Risk
welding)
6 Painting 1 2 2 Low Risk
7 Final Clearing of site 1 2 2 Low Risk
8 Usage of Energy and Power 1 2 2 Low Risk
Operation Phase
Storage and Handling of
9 1 5 5 Moderate risk
Chemicals
Transportation of Raw Materials
10 1 5 5 Moderate risk
and Products
11 Production 1 5 5 Moderate risk as NG will be used
Operation of Boiler and Thermic as primary fuel and adequate
12 1 5 5 stack height will be provided to
Fluid heater
boilers, thermic fluid heaters, DG
13 Operation of DG Set& Air Heater 1 4 4 Sets and Air Heater. Scrubbers
and bag filter will be provided to

Impact Scoring
C P CxP
process vents
Moderate Risk as periodic

Operation of Air Pollution
14 1 4 4 monitoring will be done to check
Control Measures System
efficiency of APCM
Decommissioning Phase
Dismantling of structures of the
15 1 4 4 Moderate Risk
project components
C: Consequence; P: Probability; C x P: Final Score

The equipment’s that would be present in the proposed project area are considered as source of
noise for undertaking noise modeling.
 DG Sets
 Pumps
 Boiler
 Vehicle
4.5.1 Identification of Impacting Activities
A list of all the impacting activities due to noise are presented earlier inTable 4-5.
The proposed project related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have moderate
impact on the surrounding communities in terms of minor increase in noise levels. The potential
impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:
Noise from Machinery/Equipment
For site preparation, during construction phase operation of equipment's like crane, dumper, roller,
bulldozers etc. will be used. Equipments will emit noise within permissible limits. Thus, there will
not be any adverse impact on nearby habitation due to proposed activity.
Noise from Vehicle /Traffic
Vehicle movement for transportation of materials and work force to the site will cause minor noise
emission as the frequency of vehicular movement is few times in a week
Noise from Boiler, D.G Set, etc.
Noise generated from Boiler, D.G. Set, etc. will have a permanent effect, if they will work for more
hours in a day.

Table 4-11: Environmental Impact Scoring
S Identified Impact Scoring Significance/

Project Activity
No. Aspect Consequence
C P C×P
1 Construction
Generation of
1.1 Preparation of site 2 2 4 Less Severe
Noise
Vehicle movement for
Generation of
1.2 transportation of materials and 3 3 9 Moderate Risk
Noise
equipment
Generation of
1.3 Excavation work 2 2 4 Less Severe
Noise
Generation of
1.4 Filling of Foundation 1 2 2 Minor
Noise
Heavy fabrication work including
Generation of
1.5 metal cutting (Gas cutting, 3 3 9 Moderate Risk
Noise
welding)
2 Project Operation
Vehicular movement for
2.1 Noise
transportation of raw materials 2 4 8 Moderate Risk
Generation
and finished goods
Operation of, Boiler, DG set and Noise
2.2 2 5 10 Moderate Risk
etc. Generation
3 Commissioning
Dismantling of structures of the Noise
3.1 2 4 8 Moderate Risk
project components generation
C: Consequence; P: Probability; CxP: Final Score
4.5.2 Assessment of Noise using SoundPlan
Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the
Noise Map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels
at various receiver points due to the sources present at the project site.
To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth
images of the Project site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added
with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various
locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.
“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern isopleths, which indicate whether or
not the SPL in that particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for
Sound Pressure Level indicated by CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the
predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will show Green Color for that area. But if the SPL is
above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in Red Color depending upon the
Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in SPL is
mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.
Consideration during the analysis
The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate SPL are
considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered
are as Table 4-12.

Table 4-12: Sources of noise with their SPL

Levels dB(A)
S. No. Sources
Day Night
1 DG Sets 100 100
2 Pumps 85 85
3 Boiler 95 95
4 Vehicle 70 70
Using above consideration the isopleths generated during daytime and nighttime are as given in
Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-1: Isopleths Generated during Daytime

Figure 4-2: Isopleths Generated during Nighttime

Observations
The SPL were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:
1. The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for
Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. However, SPL are
considered on higher side for more critical analysis.
2. Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, near boundary wall of the
project site being present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not observed.
3. From Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the
range of 50dB (A) -60 dB (A) which is within the permissible limit for industrial area.
The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given inTable 4-13.

Table 4-13: Predictive Cumulative Noise Levels

Baseline Average SPL predicted at Predicted Cumulative
CPCB Limits in dB Incremental increase
Receiver Noise levels in dB Receiver by Proposed incremental increase
S. No. Category (A) in Noise level dB (A)
Name (A) Activities (dB) in Noise level dB (A)
Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night
Near Main Gate
1. Industrial 75.0 65.0 59.9 49.4 51.7 51.7 60.5 53.7 0.6 4.3
(SW)
Near Railway
2. Industrial 75.0 65.0 57.5 49.7 40.8 40.5 57.6 50.2 0.1 0.5
Line
500 m NE From
3. Residential 55.0 45.0 51.7 43.3 35.4 35.3 51.8 43.9 0.1 0.6
At project site
4. Vadadla village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.2 44.7 36.1 35.9 54.3 45.2 0.1 0.5
5. Vav village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4 34.0 33.1 54.4 44.7 0.0 0.3

As seen in the above table, during the day time and night time only 0.1 dB increase are noticed in
the nearby Residential area. i.e. No increase to maximum increase of 0.5 dB which is negligible
considering that the minimum increase noticeable by a human ear is 0.5 dB. Another factor to be
considered, is that SoundPlan analysis is carried out assuming that there are no obstructions (such
as trees, buildings, walls etc.) in between the receiver locations and the sources of sound, which is
not true in real conditions. Therefore, the actual results are going to be much lower than
SoundPlan’s predicted results, and hence increase of 0.1 to 0.6 dB is not likely to be noticed at any
of the noise monitoring locations.
Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise
monitoring locations outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who
are working within the project site, and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they
face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement
the following mitigations in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the people working
inside the project site.
Sound
S. Source of
Pressure Level Mitigations suggested
No. Noise
(dB)
The limit set by CPCB for DG Sets is 75 dBA for a spatial average of
16 readings taken surrounding the DG Set. It is often observed that
1 DG Sets 100 dB the Noise generated by the DG set exceeds the CPCB limit.
In the above case, Acoustical Enclosure with 30+ dB should be
implemented for the Acoustical Enclosure.
Depending upon capacity, Pumps have noise levels ranging in
75~95 dB
For pumps with noise levels below 85 dB, no mitigation measures
2 Pumps 75~95 dB are required.
For pumps with Noise Levels within 85~95 dB i.e. for Large capacity
pumps, Acoustical Enclosures with 10~15 dB Transmission Loss
Ratings are recommended.
All safety blow-off cocks should be installed with Safety-Valve
Silencers of Insertion Loss Rating of at least 25 dB.
All boiler Feed pumps should be installed with an Acoustical
3 Boiler 95 dB Enclosure of 30 dB Transmission Loss Rating for the pump and the
motor combined.
Silencers should be used anywhere and everywhere where there is
blow-off of high-pressure steam.
Vehicular The SPL for regular vehicle movement is below 70 dB and no
4 < 70 dB
Movement mitigations are necessary for this source of noise.
Trucks can get noisy and generate SPL up to 90 dB. The only
mitigation possible for this source is to do regular maintenance of
Trucks the trucks and keep their Sound Levels at lowest possible levels.
5 < 85 dB
Movement In case any kind of Loading/Unloading is involved, the
loading/unloading should not be done during the night time, during
which it may cause more disturbance to the surrounding.
4.5.4 Conclusion
From above, it can be concluded that, due to noise generated from the proposed project there will
not be any impact on the monitoring locations.

As seen in theTable 4-13, Predicted increase is maximum 0.6 dB during the day and 4.3 dB
during the night in Industrial area and 0.dB during the day and 0.6 dB during the night time in
Residential area according to SoundPlan analysis. This increase is negligible considering that the
minimum noticeable increase by a human ear is 0.5 dB.
4.6 Water Environment
4.6.1 Ground Water
Impact identification
No adverse impact on groundwater. However, use of surface water from Narmada River will
deplete water resource.
Impact on ground water due to Leakage during chemicals transportation, storage of chemicals and
storage of hazardous waste.
The impact scores on ground water environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-14.
Table 4-14: Impact scoring Ground water consumption

Impacting Impact Scoring
Code Remarks
Activity C P CxP
Construction Phase
Negligible impact
Top stratum is clayey having very low
Construction
permeability, and hence, in case of spillage, it
1.10 material storage 1 1 1
will not percolate to lower depth.
and disposal
Low Score is given because client will take care
of proper storage and disposal of material
Operation Phase
Storage of Low risk
ethylene oxide, Top stratum is clayey having very low
propylene oxide, permeability, and hence, in case of spillage, it
2.1 1 2 2
DMS, Ammonia, will not percolate to lower depth.
POCl3, Low Score is given because client will take care
Epichlorohydrin of proper storage
Transportation
2.2 of Raw Materials 1 1 1 Negligible impact
and Products
Mitigation measures
There in not any significant impact on groundwater due to proposed project activities.
4.6.2 Surface Water & Hazardous Waste Management
For the proposed unit the required water will be sourced from GIDC, Dahej. The end source of
water is Narmada water. In proposed speciality chemicals manufacturing plant, fresh water
consumption will be 301 KLD. Water conservation plan will be carried out at site to reduce fresh
water demand and conserve water resources. So no major impact on water sources.

The effluent generation from the proposed unit will be treated in proposed ETP and treated water
will be disposed into GIDC drain meeting the norms for effluent discharge into sea. The domestic
sewage will be treated in STP at site and treated sewage will be used for gardening to reduce
fresh water requirements. No any untreated water will be disposed of outside the plant area to
avoid impact on surface water quality.
Impacts Scoring on Surface Water& Hazardous Waste Management
Likely impact scores on surface water environment and Hazardous waste management are
presented in Table 4-15.
Table 4-15 Impact Scoring

Impact Scoring
S. No. Impacting Activity Remarks
C P CxP
1 Construction Phase
Low Impact as waste generated from
Heavy fabrication work
1.1 2 2 4 the fabrication work will be sold to
including metal cutting
authorized vendors.
Waste containers will be handed over to
1.2 Painting 2 1 2
authorized vendors.
Low impact.
1.3 Usage of Water 2 2 4
Adequate measures to be taken to
reduce fresh water demand.
2 Operation Phase
Low impact as proper care shall be
Transportation of Raw taken during raw material
2.1 2 2 4
Materials and Products transportation and handling to avoid
spillage and leakage.
Low impact as proper storage with
Storage and Handling of bundling will be provided to avoid
2.2 2 2 4
Chemicals runoff contamination and also to avoid
leakage and spillage problem.
Moderate impact as wastewater will be
treated in proposed ETP and STP and
Wastewater generation
2.3 4 3 12 reused in plant premises which will
during Production Activity
reduced the overall fresh water
demand.
Moderate impact as proper storage
Hazardous waste
facility will be provided at site and
2.4 generation during 3 4 12
disposed at approved TSDF site as per
Production Activity
hazardous waste management rules.
High impact. Adequate measures to be
taken to reduce the fresh water
2.5 Usage of Water 4 5 20 demand. Water conservation practice
shall be adopted to conserve natural
water resources.
Low impact as DG set will be operate
during power failure only and used oil
2.6 Operation of DG Set 2 2 4 generated from the DG set will store in
a drum and handed over to authorized
vendor.

Impact Scoring
S. No. Impacting Activity Remarks
C P CxP
Moderate impact as the wastewater
generated will be segregated at source
and treated in ETP followed by RO. The
permeate form RO will be recycled and
Wastewater Treatment & RO reject will be disposed into GIDC
2.7 3 4 12
disposal drain as per norms given by PCB. By
recycling and reuse of treated water,
overall fresh water requirement will
reduce and which will beneficial impact
as natural resource will conserve.
C Decommissioning Phase
Dismantling of structures
2.5 2 1 2 Minor impact
of the project components
Mitigation Measures for Impacts on Surface Water& Land
Following mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce surface water related impacts:
Treated water will be recycled and reused in plant premises. Condensate recovery where ever
possible has been taken in to design.
Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting
specified disposal standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water on land, avoiding
leakages;
Independent storm water drainage from effluent drainage is suggested to avoid any contamination
of surface water sources;
All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-
off contamination.
Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste
storage areas as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters
which can contaminate the surroundings.
All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the SPCB.
4.7 Soil Environment

The impacting activities and their impacts over the soil quality has been assessed inTable 4-5,
from where it has been observed that the soil quality get impacted by activities like excavation
work and transportation and storage of chemicals. On the basis of that, impact scoring with
respect to soil quality was carried out and presented in Table 4-16.
Table 4-16: Impact Scoring – Soil

Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Basis of scoring
C P CxP
Minor risk, proper handling and spill control,
1 Construction phase 2 3 6
Excavated soil will be used for filling within site
Minor risk,proper spill control, treatment and
2 Operation phase 2 3 6
disposal of solid waste and waste water

Impact Scoring
Code Impacting Activity Basis of scoring
C P CxP
As far as soil quality is concern, it is clear that the proposed project will have only minimal impact
over it. Thus there are no mitigation measures suggested for this. However, Soil salinity (EC) and
pH need to be monitored for soil brought from outside and likely to be used for green belt.
4.8 Ecology & Biodiversity

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an
assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on Ecology
and Biodiversity are given in Table 4-17.
Table 4-17: Aspect – Impact Identification

Terrestrial Terrestrial
Code Project Activity Aspect
Flora Fauna
Construction Phase
C1 Preparation of site Removal of vegetation ● ●
Operation Phase
Disturbance of herbs and shrubs due
Transportation of Raw
C2 to leakage or spillage of chemicals at ●
Materials and Products
hose connection
4.8.1 Impacts Scoring
Table 4-18: Impact Scoring

Impact Scoring
Code Impact Consequence Probability Final Score Significance
C P CxP
Construction Phase
Site specific loss of floral
1 -1 1 -1 Minor Impact
species
Site specific loss of faunal
species
Operational Phase
Site specific loss of herbs
and Shrubs

Looking towards the likely impacts following mitigation measures will be implemented in Table
4-19

Table 4-19: Suggested Mitigation Measures

Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures
Construction Phase
No immediate action is required. Greenbelt / plantation will develop
Site specific loss of floral
1. in periphery of the project boundary, which may give shelter to faunal
species
species of the project area.
Moreover, there are no major faunal species were observed in and
Site specific loss of faunal
2. around the project area hence, destruction or displacement of flora
species
and fauna is not anticipated during activities.
Operational Phase
Site specific loss of herbs
3. Proper care should be taken through sprinkling of water.
and Shrubs
4.9 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Communities
4.9.1 Due to Storage of Hazardous Chemicals
This includes,
 Hazards Identification,
 Selection of Potential Loss Scenarios,
 Simulation of release source model, and
 Plotting of contour maps
A detailed risk assessment and consequence analysis study is presented in chapter 7 i.e. Additional
Studies of this report (please refer Section 7.1).
On the basis of that study MLCs (as shown in Table 7-7) have been selected and studied. On the
basis of the outcomes of the study a detailed impact scoring was under taken and presented in
Table 4-20, including the following general safety measures and mitigation measures.
Table 4-20: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health and Safety
Impact Scoring Basis of
Code Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures
C P C×P Scoring
Leak 2 3 6 C=2 as low Gas detector system, fire

Benzyl
1 Catastrophic flash point and hydrant system,
Chloride 2 2 4
Rupture low IDLH provision of dyke wall
Leak 2 3 6 C=2, as low Gas detector system, fire

Ethylene
Oxide 2 2 4
Rupture high IDLH provision of dyke wall

Isopropyl
3 flash point and hydrant system,
Alcohol Catastrophic
2 2 4 high IDLH provision of dyke wall
Rupture
Leak 2 3 6
C=2 as low Gas detector system, fire
4 Methanol Catastrophic flash point and hydrant system,
2 2 4

5 N-Butanol Catastrophic flash point and hydrant system,
2 2 4

Impact Scoring Basis of

Code Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures
C P C×P Scoring

Propylene
Oxide 2 2 4

4.10 Hazards in Department/Section

Table 4-21: Identification of Hazards in Department/Section
S. No Area Type ofHazards Affecting Population Precaution to be Taken Mitigation Measures
POSITIVELY isolate the electrical supply
and other concerned circuit.
Use CO2 or DCP fire extinguisher to
extinguisher to put off the fire. If the fire is
spreading, if necessary mobilize and use
Any one supply is always ensured. additional fire extinguishers from nearby
DG set is the alternate source for buildings.
EB. Do not use water or foam type fire
Emergency lamps are available at extinguishers on any fire connected with
Not a normally occupied area critical points electrical circuits.
Power generation
Fire in electrical circuits Line circuit breakers in case of fire Contain the spilled material with a bund of
01 area (Generator
2 -3 persons may be affected if any in circuits. sand or earth. Do not use any combustible
room)
job is being done at the time of fire Isolation of area through fencing to make a bund. Collect in a receptacle and
and door clean the area. Prevent spark and hot
Portable fire extinguishers are spots.
maintained nearby and spare If the spill catches fire, use portable fire
capacity is also available. extinguishers of foam or DCP. Mobilize
additional extinguishers from nearby
buildings if necessary.
If it is a large fire, evacuate and cordon the
area. Keep surrounding area cool. Call for
additional help from outside
Large scale spillage of 2-5 persons may be affected who Arresting of supply of oil by stopping of
Thickness testing of pipelines.
Production hot thermic fluid oil in are normally present when process pumps and closing of related valves.
02 Preventive maintenance
process areas is in progress Evacuation of personnel if necessitated
Fire in any of the 2-5 persons may be affected who Preventive maintenance Use all extinguishing media. Call for
03 Production
processes due to hot are normally present when process Portable fire extinguishers for additional help.


spots or static electricity is in progress incipient fires Evacuate area
Training in fire fighting Fire hydrant points and hoses available
Sprinkler system
Standard operating procedure
2-5 persons may be affected who
Calibration of connected
04 Production Runaway reaction are normally present when process Emergency shutdown procedure.
instruments.
is in progress
Rupture disc available.
Not a normally occupied area Earthing and bonding
spillage
2 persons may be affected if Flameproof electrical fittings Fire fighting facilities – portable fire
05 Storage tank area Fire
unloading or maintenance jobs are Unloading procedures extinguishers and water monitors
(Static electricity)
carried out at the time of fire Competent supervision
Use 50 liters trolley type foam extinguisher
Not a normally occupied area kept in the area and extinguishes fire.
Portable fire extinguishers
2 persons may be affected if Mobilize additional extinguishers from
06 Storage tank area Spillage catching fire Earthing and bonding
unloading or maintenance jobs are nearby if necessary.
Cleaning and housekeeping
carried out at the time of fire For large fires, evacuate and cordon the
area. Call for outside help.
Accidental Fight fire by laying hoses from nearest
contamination of floor points. Use fire-beating method with
Fire in bushes / About 10 persons working in
sweepings with any available resources to prevent spread of
07 scraps near plant production area and around may be Segregation at source
chemical can cause fire fire. Dig small trenches around the fire so
area. affected
by auto ignition in hot that fire will not spread further due to
sun. starvation.
Cordon area. Dike the material and prevent
Storage in small quantities
Spillage of corrosive from spreading. Collect using appropriate
4 persons who normally work in lab Neutralizing chemicals
08 Quality control /R&D chemicals and resultant personal protective equipment. Refer to
may be affected Personal protective equipment
laboratory pollution in confined Material Safety Data sheets for further
Training in handling of chemicals.
area information.
Tank Farm and Fire in flammable 4 persons who normally work in lab Cordon area. Remove combustibles and
09
Storage area materials. may be affected other flammables from the area. Use


appropriate fire extinguishers or water, if
the same is applicable. If necessary, switch
off power supply in laboratory.
Refer to Material Safety Data Sheets.
Use 50 liters trolley type foam /DCP
extinguisher kept in the area and
extinguishes fire.
About 5 persons who normally Remove flammable material nearby if it can
work may be affected if the fire is Palletized storage be done without posing danger.
10 Stores Fire
in day time. This area is not Local fire Extinguishers Mobilize additional extinguishers from
occupied at other times nearby if necessary. Use AFFF foam.
Cool nearby area by hydrant
For large fires, evacuate and cordon the
area. Call for outside help.
Earth fault relays
Isolate power supply from the nearest cut
Fire due to electrical About 5 persons in the particular Portable fire extinguishers
11 Office blocks of point. Complete shutdown if warranted
short circuits floor of building where fire occurs Isolation facilities
from substation.
may be affected Smoke detectors
Earth fault relays Isolate power supply from the nearest cut
12 Fire in MCC of Fire- local 5 persons who normally work in Portable fire extinguishers of point. Complete shutdown if warranted
production that area may be affected Isolation facilities from substation.
Toxic release of vapors
Isolation and confine the barrels.
in abnormal condition 2-5 persons may be affected who
Raw Material Dedicated Cold Storage of material. Evacuation of people.
13 due to material(MDI & are normally present when process
Warehouse Storage in 200 kg drums only. Fire hydrant points and hoses
TDI) coming in contact is in progress
Sprinkler system
of fire

4.10.1 General Safety Measures
Considering the various chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be
provided at the site.
 Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided. Instruction/Notice to wear the

same will be displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work.
 Provision of safety shower with eye washer.
 MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will be available at office and with responsible persons.
 Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be available at the site.
 Regular training programme for safety awareness.
 Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.
 Prohibition on eating, drinking or smoking at work-area.
 Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended.
 Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/chemicals-
fumes/vapours and to keep well within below permissible limit.
 Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers
also.
 Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.
 Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.
 Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.
 Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.
 Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.
 Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers and supervisors.
 Work permit systems will be strictly followed
 Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues will
be discussed in the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken by Croda, appropriate PPEs will be
provided to site workers and staff members
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when
required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
 Croda will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may
cause health problem.
4.11 Socio-Economic Environment

Based on this above identification of impacts, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted
due to the project are:
 Ecology and Biodiversity: Adverse impact on ecology and bio-diversity due to leakage
during chemicals transportation and storage. Beneficial impact on ecology as sufficient
greenbelt will be developed.
 Socio – Economic: Positive impact due to creation of temporary jobs and increase in
indirect income.

Table 4-22: Socio-economic Impact Assessment

Impact Scoring
C P CxP
Construction Activity
1.1 Preparation of site

Vehicle movement (Moderately Severe)
for transportation of Vehicular movement will increase possibility of
1.2 -2 4 -8
materials and accident and wear and tear of approach lane roads of
equipmen villages.
(Acyivity has Minor Benefits)
1.3 Excavation work 1 4 4 Employment for skilled labours and effect on the
existing infrastructure and socio-economic conditions.
(Acyivity has Minor Benefits)
1.4 Filling of foundation 1 4 4 Employment for skilled labours and effect on the
Heavy fabrication
(Activity has Minor Benefits)
work including metal
1.5 1 4 4 Employment for skilled labours and effect on the
cutting (Gas cutting,
welding)
1.6 Painting Temporary job creation
1.7 Final cleaning of site Temporary job creation
Operational Phase
Transportation of (Activity has Minor Benefits)
2.1 Raw Materials and 1 4 4 Employment generation will be accompanied by
Products minor effect on existing roads.
Production of
Amines, Amines
2.2 1 4 4 Employment generation will be accompanied by
Derivatives and
minor effect on existing socio-economic condition.
Acetonitrile Plant
Social up-liftment
1 4 4 Employment generation will be accompanied by
2.3 activities
minor effect on existing socio-economic condition.
Note: The socio-economic impact scoring has been based on considering two assumptions which
are as follows:
i) Environment guidelines given by MoEF will be followed by the project proponent.

ii) Project proponent will recruit local people.
iii) The Social Corporate Responsibility will be carried as per the existing laws.

Based on the socio-economic survey and stakeholders consultation the following social concerns
have been identified with respect to the general condition of the nearby residents/villages of study
area. The suggestive mitigation measures has been reflected in the undermentioned table. The
CSR activities with budgetary provisions has been shown in Table 4-23.
Table 4-23: Issues Raised by Respondents of Core Zone

Community Welfare/Enhancement
Social Component Issues raised/Problems
Measures by the Project Proponent
The Project Proponent will take the

1. Open defecation by the villagers.
initiative to ensure to put up health
Health and Hygiene 2. The medical/health facilities are
check up camps and doctor’s visit at
limited in the study area.
regular intervals.
The project proponent in co-ordination
with local bodies will monitor regular
1. Scarcity of potable water in the
supply of drinking water.
surrounding villages.
Drinking Water Proper co-ordination and follow up will
2. Lack of potable water in primary
be carried out by the project proponent
schools.
with PCPIR & SEZ for regular supply of
safe drinking water.
1. Lower literacy rate of the females.
2. Construction/renovation of school
rooms is required. The project proponent will ensure to do
Education 3. Construction of toilet is required. its part according to the funds available
4. Renovation of Anganwadi & and on the priority basis.
Primary School buildings is
required.
The project proponent will give its
Sanitation & Drainage
1. Inadequate household toilets. contribution in the construction of
System
sanitary toilets for households.
1. Employment Generation for local Skill development programme will be
population. organized by the project proponent at
Employment 2. The daily wage earners are in regular interval and accordingly the local
substantial number present in the population will be given preference in
study villages. the job opportunities.
1. Construction/upgradation of the As part of Community Welfare Program
internal village road is required. the project proponent will consider to
Construction/Renovation 2. Dahej Awas Yojna, 2015 for the contribute for the mentioned works of
SC & ST is under process. construction and renovation.
Source: Community Consultation-2015

The above table reveals that major issues in the communities are inadequate supply of drinking
water, open defecation, unemployment etc.
4.11.1 CSR Budgetary Provision
The project proponent has earmarked INR 25 Lacs per year with 10% increase in the amount each
year against the social corporate responsibility for the development of the villages at the project
site.
The activities has been identified under the following heads and budget has been allocated for the
five years.
Table 4-24: Budgetary provision for five years*

Activity 2015-16 2016-17 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 Total

Education 227,500 315,000 367,500 402,500 437,500 1,750,000
Solar Light 195,000 270,000 315,000 345,000 375,000 1,500,000
Sanitation 715,000 990,000 1,155,000 1,265,000 1,375,000 5,500,000
Potable water 845,000 1,170,000 1,365,000 1,495,000 1,625,000 6,500,000
Construction 32,500 45,000 52,500 57,500 62,500 250,000
Total 2,015,000 2,790,000 3,255,000 3,565,000 3,875,000 15,500,000
As per the result of social survey, utmost care will be taken for the overall development of the
study area. The above budget breakup is the tentative plan for investment which may vary from
time to time depending upon the priority of the CSR activity.
* A list of identified activities location wise has been attached as Annexure 11.

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
5.1 Alternatives for Site Location

Currently Croda is having a manufacturing site at Koparkhairne, Navi Mumbai. Site is making a
range of products based on different chemistries for sale in domestic and export markets. There
has been capacity expansions at site in different batch plants based on demand patterns in past
and currently Thane site does not have space for any further expansion at site.
Based on current market demand projections, plant at Thane site will be running to capacity in
coming years. To meet these demands, it is proposed to put up another manufacturing unit in
India. There is no adjacent land available to current site for this expansion. Below are some of the
key considerations for alternate site selection:
Proximity to EO source and supply reliability
Ethylene Oxide (EO) is one of the key RM for Croda. EO is very hazardous, toxic, flammable and
explosive material. There are limited sources of EO in India and EO transportation is a significant
safety risks. Croda has evaluated various locations for alternate site (sites close to EO production
such as Nagothne, Dahej, Hazira, etc) and based on safety and environmental considerations have
chosen Dahej site to develop second manufacturing unit in India.
Proposed location is very close to Reliance Dahej unit, which is an EO supplying unit. Another EO
supplying unit at Reliance Hazira is also within close reach as a backup source.
No SHE liabilities and legacy issues
Special attention has been given to area legacy issues before developing manufacturing site there.
Considering plot at Dahej has never been used for manufacturing activities before weighs positive
for selection. Croda has additionally conducted Environmental Site Assessment (ESA) to measure
possible contamination level at allotted plot to benchmark initial contamination level.
Part of organized Industrial Estate
To minimize environmental impacts, special consideration was given for areas in organized
Industrial Estates. Since these areas will have shared infrastructures like CETP, utility supplies etc,
having a manufacturing unit in this area will have lesser negative impact.
Growth in capacities and capability
Based on current demand patterns, Thane site will be running out of capacity in coming 2-5 years.
There is not much scope to expand capacity further at Thane site. It is therefore planned to
develop a second manufacturing site to cater to market demand in near future and develop new
capabilities in long term.
Connectivity to customers and suppliers
Selection of location of new manufacturing site also depends on connectivity to suppliers and
customers. Considering Dahej is developed as a special investment region for Chemicals and
Petrochemicals, major chemical industries, including suppliers and customers to Croda, are also
developing their manufacturing units in this region. Proximity to those will not only optimize supply
chain but also will also bring other business and environmental benefits.
Below is a broad level comparative summary of various sites evaluated for expansion:

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
Description Dahej Hazira Nagothane

Proximity to - 5-10km - 5-10km - < 5 km
EO, EO - RIL will supply EO - RIL will supply EO - RIL has an acquired site, not a
availability and - another EO source - another EO source major source of EO
back up Hazira < 100 km Dahej < 100 km - another EO source Dahej > 500 km
Industrial Area - developing industrial - excellent industrially - RIL the only factory
area developed area - not a well-developed industrial area
- being developed as SIR - big names in
- PCPIR chemical industry
present
Connectivity Good, on DMIC Very Good, on DMIC Average
Plot Availability GIDC land GIDC not available, MIDC land not available
private land available
Based on above comparision project proponent had acquired a GIDC plot in Dahej Phase 2 for a
green field site.
5.2 Alternatives of the Hazardous Waste Disposal

Following hazardous will be generated from the proposed manufacturing activities at Croda site
which were planned to be disposed by landfill/incineration at common TSDF/incineration facility.
Hazardous Quantity
S. Collection, Treatment
Type of Waste Waste MT per Source
No. / Disposal
Category Year
1 Process Sludge 26.1 271 Process
2 Filters and Filter Materials 35.1 5.0 Process

Process and
3 Spent Carbon 35.3 5.0 Sent to TSDF for
ETP
incineration
4 Spent Oil 5.1 2.0 Maintenance
Waste residue containing
5 5.2 2.0 Maintenance
oil
Sent to TSDF for
6 ETP + MEE Sludge 34.3 700 ETP
landfilling
Croda has also explored the possibilities for Co-processing of the hazardous waste prior to disposal
into TSDF/CHWIF and has taken acceptance letter from M/s. Ambuja Cement for co-processing
the hazardous waste. Copy of acceptance letter is given in Figure 2-15.

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
6.1 Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environment monitoring program is given in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1: Environment Monitoring Program

S. No. Activity Schedule
Air Pollution Monitoring
1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in Once in every quarter or as per
their air consents from time to time within the premises EC and NOC
2 Stack Monitoring of process stacks/ vents & flue gas stacks Once in every month or as per EC
as given in air consent from time to time and NOC
3 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in Once in every year or as per EC
their air consents from time to time at stations outside the and NOC
premises
4 Work Place Monitoring Once in a year
Water Pollution Monitoring
Monitoring of water consumed in various activities and
1 Daily
waste water generated from various areas of plants
Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for
2 Daily
the principal parameters (such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD).
Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent Once in every month or as per EC
3
conditions in outlet of ETP Waste Water and NOC
Monitoring of STP inlet and outlet for the parameters (such
4 Daily
as, pH, COD, BOD, TDS & SS)
Monitoring of ground water samples at site. Parameters are
5 Once in a year
essential parameters as per IS: 10500:2012.
Noise Quality Monitoring
1 Work Place Noise Monitoring Once in six months
2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Once in six months
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping
1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated from
Quarterly
process and ETP area.
2 Records of generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes Daily
3 Record of storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of Daily
solid / hazardous wastes to recyclers, Reprocessor, and
CTDF.
Environmental Statement
1 Environmental Statement under EP(Act) 1986 Once in a year
6.2 Regulatory Framework

The following EHS regulatory requirements are applicable to the activities being planned, and the
checklist given in Table 6-2 may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of
operations. This checklist requires to be reviewed at quarterly intervals.

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN
Table 6-2: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements

S. Applicable Legislation / Rule / Action Required /
Requirement
No. Permit Timing of Action
Environmental Clearance as per the
Before commencement of the
1 EIA Notification dated 14th Sept 2006 Permit to establish facility
project
and amended till date
Consent to Establish/ NOC from the Before commencement of the
2 Permit to establish facility
GPCB under water and air act project
Application to be filed with
Permit to discharge air
Consent to Operate under the Air Act the GPCB once the EC and
3 emissions from the flue gas
from the GPCB NOC is obtained after the
stacks and process vents
commencement of the project
Permit to Application to be filed with
Consent to Operate under the Water generate/discharge the GPCB once the EC and
4
Act from the GPCB wastewater resulting from NOC is obtained after the
the project activities commencement of the project
Application to be filed with
Authorization to generate, transport
Permit to generate and the GPCB once the EC and
5 and dispose hazardous wastes from
dispose hazardous wastes NOC is obtained after the
the GPCB
commencement of the project
Applicable permits from the CCoE, Requirements of permits to Application to be filed and
6 Nagpur for storage of explosive / be ascertained prior to required permits to be
flammable material establishment of facilities. obtained.
Listing of hazardous
materials; thresholds
The Manufacture, Storage and against which Safety Audit If required, safety audit and
7 Import of Hazardous Chemicals and Safety Report has to be safety report to be prepared
Rules, 1989 (as amended till date) maintained; Requirements as per Gujarat Factories Act.
of disclosure of information;
Availability of MSDS’
Unit will take insurance under
8 The Public Liability Act, 1991 (PLI) Insurance to be taken
PLI
Preparation of Local/District Identify whether Local or
Chemical Accidents (Emergency
Level Crisis groups, for District Level Crisis Groups
9 Planning, Preparedness and
management of offsite exist and take proactive part
Response) Rules, 1996
emergencies. in preparing Offsite DMP.
Factory License from the DISH Application prior to
10 (Department of Industrial Safety License to run the Factory construction and also
Health) commissioning

Pages from 169 – 214
(Risk Assessment and Disaster Management
Plan)
Have been extracted and uploaded as part
of
“Annexure – Document of Risk Assessment”
LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II PROJECT BENEFITS
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
Croda India Company Private Limited is a global supplier of speciality chemicals which includes
consumer care manufacturing personal care products for Skin care, sun care, hair care, baby care,
colour cosmetics, male grooming, bath and shower and antiperspirants etc, among others. M/s Croda
aims to expand its horizons further in India and abroad by expanding its capacities. These products
will serve to cut the supply of imports from foreign countries thus saving currency and at the same
time will earn valuable foreign currency by export of products.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT
LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ANALYSIS
9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS
Environmental cost benefit analysis has not been recommended at the scoping stage, and has
therefore not been carried out.
KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 뀗 PAGE

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.1 Purpose
The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective
environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation
measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse
impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each
stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every
potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or
operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
 Role of Croda and its contractors;

 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that Croda shall implement;
 The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are
fully met
10.2 Land Environment

The EMP for air environment is provided in Table 10-1.
Table 10-1: Environment Management Plan for Land Environment

Impacting Implementation and Management
Activities
and
Mitigation
Aspect Rem
Measures and Responsi
that will Location Timing Monitoring Records arks
Rationale bility
impact
land
use/cover
Site The vegetation Within the Once Croda Monitoring by Record of _
Preparation cover clearing demarcated Environment clearing
– change in should only be project site person of land
LULC done on which boundary and its
construction is to area
take place and
less disturbing
the vegetation
areas
The Within 10 Once Croda Regular Maintain _
compensatory Km radius monitoring of record of
green cover planted the area
development to region restored
be carried out
within the
demarcated scrub
and land without
scrub region
within the study
area

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
10.3 Air Environment

The EMP for air environment is provided in
Table 10-2.
Table 10-2: Environment Management Plan for Air Environment
Objective To ensure that air emissions due to the site preparation, installation of proposed project and operation phase will be minimum
Concern Site preparation, installation of manufacturing facility and operation phase can deteriorate air quality
Benefit of EMP Reduced air pollution and protection of health of workers and local community
Mitigation Implementation and Management
Impacting
Measures and Remarks
Activities Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Rationale
Once in a day
Sprinkling of water Random checks
Preparation of At the site during the Water consumption records
which lead to dust Contractor by Site -
Site only construction of Ambient air monitoring
suppression Engineer
plant
Vehicle
Ensure that vehicles Along the
movement for Checks by
have a Pollution vehicle
transportation of At all times Contractor security staff at PUC Certificate -
Under Control (PUC) movement
materials and the entry gate
Certificate track
equipment
Once a day
Sprinkling of water Random checks
during the Water consumption records
Excavation work which lead to dust At Site Contractor by Site -
excavation Ambient air monitoring
suppression Engineer
process
Sprinkling of water Once a day Random checks
Filling of Water consumption records
which lead to dust At site during the filling Contractor by Site -
foundation Ambient air monitoring
suppression of foundation Engineer
Adequate safety Once in a day Random checks Periodic Workplace air quality Proper personnel
Painting At site Contractor
measures along with during by Site monitoring& Analysis reports protective

Impacting
Rationale
spill control installation of Engineer workplace monitoring equipment to be
mechanism plant worn by workers
at all times
Sprinkling of water Once a day Random checks
Final Clearing of
which lead to dust At site during the Final Contractor by Site Water consumption records -
site
suppression Clearing of site Engineer
Adequate safety
Proper personnel
measures, adequate At all time, EHS & Ambient air monitoring
Use of energy Periodic stack protective
stack height will be At site during the Maintenance records, stack monitoring
and power monitoring equipment to be
adopted while using operation department records
used
DG Set
Ensure that vehicles Along the
Checks by
have a Pollution vehicle Croda’s safety
At all times security staff at PUC Certificate
Under Control (PUC) movement department
the entry gate
Certificate track
Transportation of
Type of chemicals, operating
raw materials and Proper personnel
Adequate safety condition of chemicals
products protective
measures along with During EHS Periodic transported, Periodic
At site equipment to be
spill control Transportation Department monitoring Workplace air quality
worn by workers
mechanism monitoring
at all times
Record of leak detection
Production of Adequate safety
Proper personnel
Alkoxylates measures, adequate At all time, EHS & Ambient air monitoring
Periodic stack protective
(Ethoxylated / stack height and At site during the Maintenance records, stack monitoring
monitoring equipment to be
Propoxylated scrubbers will be operation department records
used
Products), Ester & provided

Impacting
Rationale
Quats and
Sulphates &
Sulphonates
Proper personnel
Adequate safety At all time, EHS & Ambient air monitoring
Operation of DG Periodic stack protective
measures, adequate At site during the Maintenance records, stack monitoring
set monitoring equipment to be
stack height operation department records
used
10.4 Water Quality
Details of expected impact from various activities, and its management plan are given in Table 10-3.
Table 10-3: Details of Activities responsible for Impact on Water Environment and Management Plan
Objective To reduce surface water pollution
Concern Pollution to surface water
Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Mitigation Measures and Rationale Remarks
Online flow meters shall be installed at
each of raw water consumption point.
Site EHS Monitoring of Records of Water
Water conservation practice shall be
Usage of Water At site All time Manager / EHS water consumption at each -
done by recycling of treated water in
Team consumption unit to be carried out
plant premises to reduce water demand
as well as to conserve natural

Objective To reduce surface water pollution

Concern Pollution to surface water
Benefit of EMP Surface water quality will not be impacted by the proposed activity

Mitigation Measures and Rationale Remarks
resources.
Wastewater generated from the
proposed project shall be segregated at
source and treated in ETP followed by
RO. permeate water from the RO shall
be recycled and reused in plant
premises while RO reject shall be Records of
disposed into GIDC drain. wastewater
The Sewage shall be treated in STP and generation and
Wastewater Site EHS Monitoring of
treated sewage shall be reused for discharge quantity to
generation, Manager / EHS inlet and outlet
gardening to reduced fresh water At Site All time be maintained. -
treatment and Team/ETP quality of
demand. Also records for
disposal incharge wastewater
Online flow meters shall be installed at recycled treated
inlet and outlet of the ETPs. wastewater to be
Use of PPE’s shall be mandatory while maintained.
handling the chemicals in ETP to avoid
spillages.
ETP Sludge shall be disposed into
approved Landfill site and STP sludge
shall be used as a manure.

The environmental management plan for noise generated due to the proposed project is as presented in Table 10-4.

Table 10-4: Environmental Management Plan for Noise Environment

Objective To reduce noise level due to the proposed project
Concern Increase in Noise level due to the proposed project
Benefit of EMP Noise environment of the area will not be impacted by the proposed activity
Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management

Remarks
Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Periodic Maintenance
Preparation of and servicing of
Once in a day during
the site & mechanized equipment Regular noise level Noise level monitoring
At site the construction Contractor -
movement of and vehicles used for monitoring records
phase
vehicles at site site clearing,
Use of sharp equipment
Maintenance and Vehicle servicing
For the duration of Random checks by
servicing of mechanized At site Contractor records -
construction phase Site Engineer
equipment and vehicles Noise monitoring
Project activities to be
Excavation work For the duration of Random checks by
undertaken during At site Contractor Attendance Sheets -
construction phase Site Engineer
regular working hours
Erection of temporary At site For the duration of Visual checks by Site
Contractor Photographs -
barriers boundary construction phase Engineer
Maintenance and Equipment servicing
Filling of For the duration of Random checks by
servicing of Foundation - Contractor records -
foundation foundation filling Site Engineer
filling equipment Noise monitoring
Heavy fabrication Use of sharp equipment, Equipment servicing
Random checks by Use of PPEs for
work including periodic servicing of At site During construction Contractor records
Site Engineer workers
metal cutting mechanized equipment, Noise monitoring
Use of sharp equipment,
Operation phase
periodic checking & At all-time during
(Operation of EHS Department Periodic monitoring Equipment
servicing of all the At site the operational -
Boiler, D.G Set, of Croda of the equipment maintenance records
equipment, spill control phase
etc.)
mechanism

10.6 Ecology and Biodiversity

Table 10-5: Environmental Management Plan
Objective To ensure that damage to existing flora - fauna due to the construction phase
Concern Construction of plotting scheme and its use by occupants
Benefit of EMP Improvement of habitat and urban biodiversity status (specially small mammals and birds)
Impacting Activities Measures and Remarks
Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
For the duration of pre Records in form of

Clearance of Vegetation As Mentioned in At site Site Engineer Site Supervisor -
preparation phase Photo documentation
Table 2-7
Transportation of Raw For the duration of Records in form of
At site Site Engineer Site Supervisor -
Materials and Products construction Photo documentation

10.6.1 Green Belt Management
No forest area is being acquired for the project since it is an industrial area under development
hence, it is not mandatory for the project proponents to develop greenbelt. However, for
improvement of environment and as per ToR greenbelt development around the perimeter of
various project appurtenances be implemented.
Depending upon the topo-climatological conditions and regional ecological status, selection of the
appropriate plant species shall be made. The various criteria adopted for selecting the species for
greenbelt development are
Plant should be fast growing
Preferably perennial and evergreen
Indigenous
Resistant to NOx and dust pollution and
Should maintain the ecological and hydrological balance of the region
The general consideration involved while developing the greenbelt are
 Trees growing up to 10 m or above in height with perennial foliage should be planted around
the proposed project.
 Planting of trees should be undertaken in appropriate encircling rows around the project site.
 Trees should also be planted along the road side in such a way that there is no direct sight to
inside premises and regasification plant when viewed from a point outside the foliage
perimeter
 Generally fast growing trees should be planted.
Taking into consideration the above parameters, the greenbelt development plan has been
evolved for proposed site to reduce the pollution levels to the maximum possible extent. The
proposed green belt is depicted inTable 10-6.
The maintenance of the plantation area will also be done by the project proponents. The cost of
plantation is depicted in Table 10-8. The species recommended for greenbelt development are
listed inTable 10-6.
10.6.2 Roadside Plantation
Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area,
increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project
site, hospitals, etc. can be planted with flowering trees. Project proponent should encourage
plantation outside the plant boundary.
Adequate care should be taken to encourage greenbelt development on the road side, however to
uplift the regional ecosystem of the area by greenbelt development, all the voluntary organizations
should take initiative to encourage massive plantation along the roadside. Trees can be planted
to increase aesthetic value as well as shady area along the roads. The selected plant species are
mentioned in Table 10-7for Roadside plantation.
Table 10-6: Recommended Species for Greenbelt Development

Serial No. Common name Botanical name
1 Sirish Albizia lebbeck

2 Caster Riccinus communis
3 Sadabahar Ipomees sp.
4 Bogunvilea Bogunvilea spectabilis

Serial No. Common name Botanical name
5 Amaltas Cassia fistula

6 Peepal Ficus religiosa
7 Neem Azadirachta indica
8 Arjuna Terminalia arjuna
9 Mango Mangifera indica
10 Jamun Syzygium cuminii
11 Dhak Butea monosperma
12 Jangal Jelbi Pithecelobium dulce
Table 10-7: Recommended species for roadside plantation

Serial No. Plant species
1 Cacia dealbata
2 Michelia champaca
3 Acacia decurrens
4 Parkinsonia aculeata
5 Acacia implexa
6 Peltophorum pterocarpum
7 Anthocephalus chinensis
8 Pterocarpus dalbergioides
9 Bombax ceiba
10 Erythrina variegata
11 Delonix regia
12 Albizia lebbeck
13 Mesua ferrea
14 Madhuca indica
15 Magnolia grandiflora
16 Peltophorum pterocarpum
17 Pterocarpus dalbergioides
18 Bauhinia acuminate
10.6.3 Budget
A budgetary cost prepared for green belt development as shown inTable 10-8. Capital cost has
been calculated and the same time recurring cost per annum also mentioned which may continue
for subsequent four years.
Table 10-8: Costing for green beltdevelopment (Five years plan)

S. Items Estimated Quantity Approximate Cost
No. Rate (Rs) (Rs)
Cost for green belt development

1 Soil filling 1000/truck 660 528,000
2 Soil dressing 14/m3 16500 231,000
3 Tree plantation 70/tree 3200 224,000
5 Ground cover (assuming 10% of 70/sq m 3300 231,000
total green belt area)
6 Irrigation 172/m 3700 636,400

S. Items Estimated Quantity Approximate Cost

No. Rate (Rs) (Rs)
Cost for green belt development

Capital Cost 1,850,400
Cost for running/maintenance of green belt (manure, pesticide, herbicide and other maintenance costs)
1 Trees 21/tree 3200 67,200
2 Ground cover 35/sq m 3300 115,500
3 Irrigation - - 60,000
Total recurring cost per annum 242,700
10.7 Occupational Health Management Plan
10.7.1 Noise
Noise will be regularly monitored plant boundary for checking compliance against environmental
noise parameters as per CPCB norms. It will also be monitored near noise generating equipment
to ensure that all noise generating equipment do not emit noise in excess of the statutory norms.
All workmen will be provided with required set of PPEs like ear plug, ear muff etc. where noise
levels in excess of 80 db (A) are regularly generated.
Preventive maintenance of noise generating equipment shall be regularly carried out to ensure
that noise levels are minimized to the extent possible. To the extent feasible, equipment will be
purchased considering noise generation as one of the parameters.
10.7.2 Heat
The project does not envisage conditions that could lead to excess heating. Consequently, special
requirements for protection against heat stress are not anticipated. However, the following shall
be carried out:
 Ventilation shall be provided to take care of heat evacuation.

 Drinking water availability shall be ensured at several locations within the plant to ensure
workers have easy access to the same.
 In case of occasional handling of heated equipment or materials, suitable PPEs such as heat
resistant gloves will be used.
10.7.3 Dust, other Chemicals being suspended in the Environment
The possibility of suspended particles going into the body of the workmen, either in the form of
inhalation, ingestion or through skin absorption are least and negligible as because the entire
operation at the plant will be performed under closed loop condition, right from charging till
discharging, hence it’s a rare possibility that the workmen will come in direct contact with raw
material or final goods.
At the same time the level of SPM and RPM will definitely be of least and nominal value. But even
though the same will be under closed monitoring and periodical surveillance as per EIA norms and
applicable legislations and any minor deviation from the same will be dealt immediately and will be
corrected.
Further to this all of the workmen will be provided with complete set of appropriate PPEs, like nose
musk / nose respirator, gloves, helmet, protective uniform and clothing, eye protections etc.

10.7.4 Occupational Hazards Specific Pre-placement and Periodic Monitoring
As per policy and norms all of the workmen are put to medical examination and testing periodically
and at set interval and based on the medical report actions are taken, if at all anything is
necessary and required. Even based on the medical examination report/feedback, workmen are
counseled and put in different area /job rotation kind of activities. Following are the periodic tests
conducted by Croda.
 Physical examination
 Vision
 Color vision
 Audiometry
 Chest X-ray
 ECG
 Pulmonary function test
 CBC
 ESR
 Blood sugar
 Creatinine
 Uric acid
 Blood urea nitrogen
 SGOT, SGPT, serum bilirubin,
 Serum cholesterol
 Urine routine microscopic
 TSH
10.8 Traffic Management Plan

The proposed project is in GIDC, thus it will use the present, well developed road network
developed by GIDC. Therefore traffic increased due to the project will not be an issue. The EMP
for traffic is presented in Table 10-9.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Table 10-9: Environment Management Plan for Traffic

Objective To ensure that there is smooth traffic both within and outside the facility for the duration of the construction phase and operation phase
Concern Trucks, tankers and other vehicles may cause traffic jams outside the site and congestion within the site
Benefit of EMP Smooth and congestion free operations
Impacting Mitigation Measures Implementation and Management

Remarks
Activities and Rationale Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records
Controlled vehicular Contractor Project Manager in
movement (preferably Within and Throughout the construction phase and Records of No. of
Security In-
with clearly demarcated immediately construction phase security and stores tankers entering and -
charge
entry / exit) with outside the site and operation phase department in operational exiting the site
adequate supervision phase
Movement of
Contractor Project Manager in
vehicles
Throughout the construction phase and
throughout the Segregation of vehicular Security In-
Within the site construction phase security and stores - -
construction phase and pedestrian area charge
and operation phase department in operational
and operational
phase
phase
Vehicle entry and exit Contractor Project Manager in
scheduling so that traffic Within and Throughout the construction phase and
Security In-
congestion is not created immediately construction phase security and stores - -
charge
on the public road outside the site and operation phase department in operational
leading to the site phase

10.9 Environment Management Cell

An environment management cell shall be created which shall perform the following functions:
 Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

 Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database.
 Analyze the data and decide thrust area.
 Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area.
 Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental
problems.
 Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information.
 Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports.
 Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for environment
management program.
Reporting Mechanism for non-compliance / violations of Environmental Norms
The Plant Manager will be responsible for environmental issues at plant. The responsibilities of the
various members of the environment management cell are given in Table 10-10.
Table 10-10: Environment Management Cell

S.
Designation Proposed Responsibility
No.
Managing Director
1. Environmental policy and directions
/ Director
Overall responsibility for environmental management and decision making for all
2. Works Manager
environmental issues
Overall in-charge of operation of environmental management facilities of

3. Plant Manager
respective sections.
Engineering Secondary responsibility for environmental management and decision making for
4.
Manager all environmental issues
Ensure environmental monitoring as per appropriate procedures

Ensure correct records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and
disposal of solid hazardous wastes.
5. EHS in-charge
Ensuring legal compliance by properly undertaking activities as laid down by
various regulatory agencies from time to time and interacting with the same and
arranging awareness programme among the workers
10.10 Expenditure on Environmental Matters

The capital and recurring cost (as discussed above) involved in environmental pollution control
measures on yearly basis is provided in Table 10-11.

Table 10-11: Capital & Recurring Cost for Environmental Pollution Control Measures on
Yearly basis
Approximate
Approximate
S. recurring cost
Head Capital cost Basis for cost estimates
No. per annum
(Rs. In Lacs)
(Rs. in lacs)
Capital Cost: 10 stacks attached to Boilers,
Thermic Fluid heaters, DG Set and air
heater. 20 lacs/stack
Cost of Scrubber: 20lacs/scrubber (9 nos.)
Air pollution
1 5.28 410 Cost of Bag filter: 15 lacs
control
Cost of steam assisted dispersion stack: 15
lacs
Recurring Cost for monitoring of stack:
2000 per stack
Capital Cost: Cost of Design, Engineering,
Water pollution Manufacture + Cost of Erection and
2 400 70
control commissioning
Recurring cost includes operating cost
Noise pollution Cost of noise monitoring : Rs. 1000 per
3 0.12 0
monitoring month
Membership fee of TSDF Site for Large
Solid and Scale industry: Rs. 0.5
hazardous Cost of providing storage area of hazardous
4 58.4 25.5
waste waste : 25 lacs
management Cost of Incinerable waste: 20000/ton
cost of Landfillable waste: 2000/ton
The recurring cost would be incurred on
Environment
hiring of consultants and payment of
5 monitoring and 2 0
various statutory fees to regulatory
management
agencies.
6 Green belt 2.42 18.50 From EB Report
Total 468.22 524

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
11.1 Introduction about the Company

Croda International is a global leader in speciality chemicals. Croda was formed in Yorkshire,
England in 1925 to make lanolin, effective rust preventive. Croda is firmly established as a global
leader in natural based speciality chemicals and well placed to meet the challenges of the twenty
first century. Croda has a number of manufacturing facilities around the world, notably in
countries like the UK, USA, Singapore, Brazil, Japan, India and France.
Croda India is responsible for manufacturing as well as sales & marketing of Croda products in the
Indian subcontinent, servicing a range of industries, including personal care, health
care/nutritional, home care, polymer additives, textiles, fibers, polymers & coatings,
agrochemicals, lubricants and general industrial applications. The product range also includes
specialty products made by group companies Sederma and Crodarom, which are mainly used in
personal care applications.
11.2 The Project

The proposed project is green field project for installation of facilities for manufacturing of 60,000
MTPA varieties of speciality products. The proposed project will be located at Plot No. D2/ CH 21,
Dahej Phase II, GIDC, Taluka Vagra, Dist Bharuch.
11.3 Importance of the Project

As customers continue to invest in new capacities, with current market demand projections, Croda
Thane site capacities will be running full in coming 3-5 years. Any disruption in material supply due
to capacity constraint will be business detrimental.
It is therefore proposed to expand manufacturing capacities at Dahej site. This will cater to the
increasing needs of our customers.
11.4 Regulatory Framework

As per the EIA Notification dated September 14th 2006, the proposed project falls in Schedule 5(f)
and B category.
Although the project is of Category “B”, requires public hearing as GIDC Dahej is declared Notified
Industrial Estate in 2009 and as per circular number J-11013/36/2014- IA-I dated 10th December,
2014 from MoEF, public hearing is required in those industrial area which are notified after
September 14th 2006.
11.5 Project Details
11.5.1 Cost of the Project
An investment of ~ INR 250 crores will be done in the project.

11.5.2 Area Statement
Total plot area for the proposed project is 1,00,039 m2, which includes 10430.76 m2 for greenbelt
development, 17715 m2 as road area, 30398 m2 as open and 23432.5 m2for future expansion.
11.5.3 Water Resources and Water Quality
Source
During the operation phase, the fresh water will be met from GIDC Dahej. GIDC will provide
required water to Croda India Chemicals Company Pvt. Ltd. The water conservation practice shall
be adopted to reduce fresh water demand by recycling and reuse of treated water in plant area
and by condensate recovery from the boiler. By adopting all these measures overall water demand
will be reduced so natural resource will be conserved and minimum water will be sourced from the
surface water body.
Waste Water
Waste water generation from the proposed project will be segregated at source. The effluent
generated will be treated in ETP followed by RO and permeate water from the RO will be reused in
plant area while the reject water from the RO will be discharged into GIDC drain meeting sea
discharge norms as per consent conditions.
For domestic sewage STP will be proposed and treated sewage will be recycled and reused for
greenbelt development. There will be no disposal of any untreated wastewater on land and hence
will have no adverse impact on surface water quality.
11.5.4 Power Requirement
The power requirement for the proposed facility will be met through Gujarat State Electricity
Corporation Limited (GSECL). Total estimated electrical load for the proposed manufacturing unit
is around 2000 kVA.
11.5.5 Air Emission
There will be threeboiler stacks, four thermic fluid heaters stack, one air heater stack and two
other stacks attached to two different DG sets are also there. Apart from that, 16 process vents
which are attached with scrubber, steam and bag fliter as per requirement.
11.5.6 Hazardous Waste Disposal Facility
The hazardous waste generated except EPT Sludge and discarded containers will be sent for
incineration. The membership letter from the BEIL, Ankleshwar for hazardous waste disposal.
11.5.7 Workforce Management
During the construction and Execution phase of the project, it is estimated that about ~300
workers will be involved. In addition, ancillary job creation will take place. Around ~ 500 jobs will
be direct and contractual employees created by the setting up of the project during its operational
lifecycle.

11.6 Description of the Environment
11.6.1 Study Period
The study period for monitoring was the months of December, January and February of year
2014-15, i.e. the winter season.
11.6.2 Study Area
The study area here is defined as the area under 10.00 km radius from the proposed plant
location.
11.6.3 Landuse
A recent satellite imagery, taken from National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA) is being used in
the present study. After the interpretation of image a ground truth survey was conducted to check
the discrepancy of interpreted data. On the basis of that, final landuse map was prepared covering
10 km of the study area. The major portion of the land in the study area is covered by vegetation
cover i.e. ~29.13% with another ~23.77 % of land covered with agriculture land. ~6.15 % of the
land comes under the category of built-up land / habitation. Rest of the land is divided in
categories like water bodies and other wastelands.
11.6.4 Climatology
The climatological data presented on the basis of information collected by the meteorological
station set up in the study area for a period of three months.
 Site specific meteorological data shows that average wind speed in winter season of year
2014-15 is 2.9 m/s and maximum wind speed of 20.8 m/s.
 It can be observed that in winter season, wind blows mostly from North-East sector. Calm
wind contributes to about 9.58%.
 Average temperature recorded for winter season was 23.6°C with maximum temperature of
36.7°C and minimum of 12.2°C which is a characteristic of this study area.
11.6.5 Ambient Air Quality
Ambient air monitoring was carried out at 6 locations in the study area in the month of December,
January and February of year 2014-15 i.e. the winter season. A comparison of results obtained
during monitoring with the range indicators provided by CPCB indicates the followings.
Average Result in µg/m3, except VOCs in

mg/m3
Location Description
AAQM Station
PM10 (100) 24 hrs
Distance in
PM2.5 (60) 24 hrs
NOX (80) 24 hrs

Direction
SO2 (80) 24 hrs
VOC (NS) Grab
Km from
Centre of
Project Site
AA 1 At Project Site -- -- 58 18 8.9 18.9 <1

AA 2 At Vav Village 3.12 NE 68 16 8.8 19.4 <1
AA 3 At Vadadla Village 1.38 E 67 23 9.0 18.6 <1
At Jolwa Villager/
AA 4 3.93 SE 61 18 8.9 18.6 <1
Vadadla Crossing

Average Result in µg/m3, except VOCs in

mg/m3
Location Description
AAQM Station
PM10 (100) 24 hrs

Distance in
PM2.5 (60) 24 hrs
NOX (80) 24 hrs

Direction
SO2 (80) 24 hrs
VOC (NS) Grab

Km from
Centre of
Project Site
At Radha-Madhav
AA 5 1.00 S 63 20 9.1 18.5 <1
Project site
At Labour colony /
AA 6 1.37 NNW 76 21 8.9 18.8 <1
Salt Pans
11.6.6 Noise
Noise levels were recorded at 5 different locations at and in the vicinity of the proposed site. The
details of ambient noise monitoring along with the results are presented in the following table.
CPCB Limits in Average Noise

Location dB (A) levels in dB (A)
Location Date Category
Code Day Night Day Night
Time Time Time Time
Near Main Gate of PPG
NL1 Asian Paint- Southwest 19.03.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 59.9 49.4
Side
Near Railway between
NL2 20.03.15 Industrial 75.0 70.0 57.5 49.7
zone 7 & 8
500 m NW direction From
NL3 16.03.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 51.7 43.3
At site
NL4 Vadadla Village 17.03.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.2 44.7
NL5 Vav village 18.03.15 Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4
Noise level during day time & during night time, in Industrial area & Residential area, were
observed within CPCB standards i.e. Industrial area [75 dBA (d) & 70 dBA (n)] and residential area
[55 dBA (d) & 45 dBA (n)].
11.6.7 Ground Water
Ground water samples were collected from 4 different locations covering the entire study area. On
comparison of analysis results with the limits specified following results was obtained.
Distance
Direction
from Date of Results Higher than
Code Location Source w.r.t
Project Sampling Permissible Limits
Project Site
Site in Km
TDS, Total Hardness, Total
GW 1 Jolwa Borewell 4.00 SE 20.02.2015
Alkalinity, Megnesium
GW 2 Vav Borewell 3.12 NE 20.02.2015 -
GW 3 Dahej Borewell 4.47 SW 20.02.2015 -
GW 4 Vadadla Borewell 1.38 E 20.02.2015 -

11.6.8 Surface Water
Similarly surface water samples are also collected from 6 different locations covering the entire
study area. Following observations were recorded after comparison of the analysis results with the
limits.
Distance Direction w.
Results Higher than
Code Location Source from Project r. t. Project
Permissible Limits
Site in Km Site
SW 1 Jolwa Pond 4.01 SE
SW 2 Vav Pond 3.12 NE
SW 3 Kadodara Pond 4.15 NE Total Coliform, Faecal Coliform
SW 4 Vadadla Pond 1.12 E
SW 5 Dahej Pond 4.47 SW
class SW-II as per causal water
Narmada River
marine standards i.e. Bathing,
SW 6 (D/s) nr. Estuary 6.08 SSW
Contact Water Sports and
Ambeta
Commercial Fishing
11.6.9 Soil
Soil samples were collected and analyzed observations of which are presented in following table.
Distance from Direction

Date of
Code Location Project Site in w.r.t Project Type of Soil
Sampling
Km Site
ST 1 At project site 23.01.2015 - - Clay Loam
ST 2 Jolwa village 23.01.2015 3.93 SE Clay Loam
ST 3 Vav Village 23.01.2015 3.12 NE Clay Loam
ST 4 Vadadala Village 23.01.2015 1.38 E Clay Loam
11.6.10 Biological Environment
Study of biological environment is one of the most important components for Environmental
Impact Assessment, in view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity.
Ecological systems show complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components
including dependence, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plant and
animal communities which interact not only within and between themselves but also with the
abiotic components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment.
Biodiversity survey was carried out during June, 2015. Standard methodologies were followed to
assess biodiversity of Core Zone (project site) and Buffer Zone. Status of trees, herbs, shrubs,
grasses, climbers, reptiles, avifauna and mammals were assessed in the project study area.
In core zone, the vegetation mostly comprises of open scrub vegetation. Prosopis juliflora (Jangali
Babul) is observed to be dominant in the study area. In buffer zone, total of 31 plant species were
observed in the study area. Out of which 17 tree species, 5 shrubs species and 3 herbs species, 1
climber species, 1 twiner species, 2 species of grass and 2 species mangroves were observed.
There is no endemic plant observed in the study area. Since buffer zone encompasses Dahej
reserve forest. Among fauna, buffer zone was reported with 24 species of Birds, 3 species of
reptiles and 6 species of mammals. None of the reported animals are fall in Schedule I.

Impact assessment shows that there will be no major impact on the flora-fauna of the study area
except some likely impact on site specific species. Greenbelt has been designed with appropriate
plant species to mitigate this impact.
11.7 Anticipated Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation

Measures
11.7.1 Ambient Air
Impact Identification
During the construction phase of the project, the major activities will involve earth work
excavation, transport of construction materials, building of structures etc. These activities would
cause a general increase in levels of dust and suspended particulate matter in the ambient air.
Emission from the stacks attached to boiler, thermic fluid heater, dust collection system and
common venting system was analyzed for their impact on ground level concentration (GLC).
Dispersion modelling was carried out by using the software AERMOD.
Mitigation Measures
 Water sprinkling on haul roads.

 Regular monitoring of air polluting concentrations.
 All tankers shall be PUC Certified from time to time.
 Greenbelt will be developed at the facility.
 Attenuation of pollution/protection of receptor through greenbelt/green cover.
 DG Sets will be operated during power failure only.
11.7.2 Noise
Noise from Movement of Vehicles

Vehicular movement will take place in two phases, first during the construction and plant
installation phase and secondly during the operational phase. After installation of plant there will
be a reduction in the noise generation as their will be a decrease in vehicular movement.
Noise from Operation of Manufacturing Plant

The operation of Croda does not have any adverse impact on surrounding environment as
sufficient greenbelt will be provided. The operation of adhesive manufacturing plant and
associated machinery such as incinerator, pumps and compressors including the DG set is likely to
emit noise in the range of 60 to 65 db (A) and can be experienced at site boundary.
Assessment of Noise using Sound Plan
Noise Modelling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the
Noise Map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels
at various receiver points due to the sources present at the project site. On the basis of that it
becomes clears that, noise is predicted in the range of 55 dB(A) -65 dB(A) which is within the
permissible limit for industrial area. The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are given in
following table.

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION
Baseline Average SPL predicted at Predicted Cumulative

CPCB Limits in dB Incremental increase
Receiver Noise levels in dB Receiver by Proposed incremental increase
S. No. Category (A) in Noise level dB (A)
Name (A) Activities (dB) in Noise level dB (A)
Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night Day Night
Near Main Gate
1. Industrial 75.0 65.0 59.9 49.4 51.7 51.7 60.5 53.7 0.6 4.3
(SW)
Near Railway
2. Industrial 75.0 65.0 57.5 49.7 40.8 40.5 57.6 50.2 0.1 0.5
Line
500 m NE From
3. Residential 55.0 45.0 51.7 43.3 35.4 35.3 51.8 43.9 0.1 0.6
At project site
4. Vadadla village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.2 44.7 36.1 35.9 54.3 45.2 0.1 0.5
5. Vav village Residential 55.0 45.0 54.4 44.4 34.0 33.1 54.4 44.7 0.0 0.3

Mitigation Measures
Provision of acoustic enclosure to the equipment like compressor and DG sets.
11.7.3 Hydrology, Surface water and Ground water
Ground water
No adverse impact on groundwater. However, use of surface water from Narmada River will
deplete water resource. Impact on ground water due to Leakage during chemicals transportation,
storage of chemicals and storage of hazardous waste.
Surface Water and Land

No any untreated water will be disposed of outside the plant area to avoid impact on surface
water quality and land.
Mitigation Measures
Ground Water
There in not any significant impact on groundwater due to proposed project activities.
Surface Water& Land

Treated water will be recycled and reused in plant premises. Explore the possibility of condensate
recovery from the boiler which will reduce the overall water demand.
Proper operation and maintenance of effluent treatment plant will be done to ensure meeting
specified disposal standards and also no discharge of untreated waste water on land, avoiding
leakages;
Independent storm water drainage from effluent drainage is suggested to avoid any contamination
of surface water sources;
All chemical and fuel storage and handling areas will be provided with proper bunds to avoid run-
off contamination.
Hazardous Wastes will be properly handled in containers and properly stored in hazardous waste
storage areas as per rules and also bunding will be provided to avoid overflow of spillage waters
which can contaminate the surroundings.
All solid and hazardous waste will be disposed as per the conditions /rules given by the SPCB.
11.7.4 Soil
As far as soil quality is concern, it is clear that the proposed project will have only minimal impact
over it. Thus there are no mitigation measures suggested for this. However, Soil salinity (EC) and
pH need to be monitored for soil brought from outside and likely to be used for green belt.

11.7.5 Socio-Economic Environment
The plant does not have any potential negative impact on the habitations. The Social Management
Plan (SMP) therefore concentrates on mitigation of perceived impacts during the running of plant.
Mitigation Measures
Emphasizes will be given on the followings;
 Health,
 Hygiene,
 Girl’s education issues.
Overall, the project would improve quality of life of the villages in the vicinity and also the
surroundings.
The project proponent has earmarked INR 25 Lacs per year with 10% increase in the amount each
year against the social corporate responsibility for the development of the villages at the project
site.
11.7.6 Occupational Health and Risk
On the basis of the study of the chemical properties like flash point, phase of chemical, operating
conditions and total inventory etc following chemicals have been selected to carry out
consequence analysis.
Benzyl Chloride, Ethylene Oxide, Isopropyl alcohol, Methanol, N-Butanol and Propylene Oxide.
Major failures selected for the analysis are 10 mm& 25mm leak as maximum credible scenario and
catastrophic rupture as worst case.
The results of analysis are as follows:
In case of benzyl chloride, methanol, n-butanol and isopropyl alcohol storage tanks, the effect of
pool (dyke) fire at radiation level 37.5 kW/m2 is not going out of the plant boundary.
For ethylene oxide & propylene oxide, the pool (dyke) fire at 37.5 kW/m2, explsion at 0.20 bar and
toxic dispersion at 800 ppm slightly coming out of the plant boundary.
Mitigation Measures
 Medical checkup would be carried out at an regular intervals

 During site preparation proper care would be taken by Croda, appropriate PPEs will be
provided to site workers and staff members
 Appropriate personnel protective clothing to be used to prevent skin contact.
 Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact.
 Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene, and polyvinyl chloride will be used as and when
required
 Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment
 Croda will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may
cause health problem.

11.8 Public Hearing

Issues raised in public hearing will be incorporated in final EIA Report.
11.9 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is prepared with a view to facilitate effective
environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation
measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse
impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each
stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every
potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or
operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:
Role of Croda and its contractors;
 A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that Croda shall implement;
 The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;
 The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are
fully met.
Specifically project related management plans has been prepared for air, water, noise, soil,
ecology and biodiversity, occupational health and socio-economic conditions.
11.10 Environmental Monitoring Plan

Environmental monitoring plan is given below.

Air Pollution Monitoring
1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in Once in every quarter or as per
their air consents from time to time within the premises EC and NOC
2 Stack Monitoring of process stacks/ vents & flue gas stacks Once in every month or as per EC
as given in air consent from time to time and NOC
3 Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by GPCB in Once in every year or as per EC
their air consents from time to time at stations outside the and NOC
premises
4 Work Place Monitoring Once in a year
Water Pollution Monitoring
Monitoring of water consumed in various activities and
1 Daily
waste water generated from various areas of plants
Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP plant for
2 Daily
the principal parameters (such as pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD).
Monitoring of other parameters as per PCB consent Once in every month or as per EC
3
conditions in outlet of ETP Waste Water and NOC
Monitoring of STP inlet and outlet for the parameters (such
4 Daily
as, pH, COD, BOD, TDS & SS)
Monitoring of ground water samples at site. Parameters are
5 Once in a year
essential parameters as per IS: 10500:2012.
Noise Quality Monitoring
1 Work Place Noise Monitoring Once in six months


2 Ambient Noise Monitoring Once in six months
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring/Record Keeping
1 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste generated from
Quarterly
process and ETP area.
2 Records of generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes Daily
3 Record of storage, treatment, transportation and disposal of Daily
solid / hazardous wastes to recyclers, Reprocessor, and
CTDF.
Environmental Statement
1 Environmental Statement under EP(Act) 1986 Once in a year
11.11 Conclusion
It can be concluded from overall assessment of the impacts in terms of positive and negative
effects on various environmental components that the project activities will not have any adverse
effect on the surrounding environment.

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
12.1 Brief Resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam

Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of
varied experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable
solutions on “Environment for Development”.
The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team
comprise of Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-
Economic Experts, Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial/Analytical Chemists. The
company’s strength lies in Project Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating
Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical
Models for Air, Water and Soil Assessment and Expertise in Public Consultation.
Customer services are mainly categorized into:
 Consultancy services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site

assessment and due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits/
statements, risk assessments and HAZOP, energy audit, environmental health and safety
management systems and waste management systems.
 Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and
executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste
management systems, bio gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine
disposal systems.
 Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field
sampling (we have amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment
amongst environmental companies in the country). The company has a well-equipped
laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of statutory
and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and hazardous solid waste.
Laboratory has received NABL Accreditation.
The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies
covering the industrial and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints,
Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our
clientele encompasses the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies ( Reliance Industries, ONGC,
Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, GSPC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance Energy/Reliance
Power, Welspun and many others) who have placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are
increasingly working with several multinationals (such as : ABB, Alstom , Areva , GM, Hindustan
Lever, Honeywell, Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst others) who value our deep rooted general
domain and India centric functional knowledge, reasonable costs and comparable services as
those offered by our multinational competitors. Their continued patronage is our biggest
testimonial.
The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat.
KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System.
The company is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under
EIA accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying
out Environmental Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for
undertaking Environmental and related studies in eleven approved sectors.

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS
Kadam’s laboratory is accredited with NABL and also gazette by MoEF under EP Act.
12.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation from M/s. Croda
India Company Limited. The names of the EIA co-ordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are
mentioned at the start of the report (in Quality Control section). KEC team members (along with
their role in the project) include:
NABET
Name Areas Designation Involvement / Tasks
(if any)
Bijal Assistant to EIA Assisted EIA Co-ordinator, data collection, communication
FAE ‘B’ (RH)
Kothari Co-ordinator with FAEs, compilation of EIA report
Identification of impacting activities, identification and
finalization of monitoring locations, ensuring of monitoring
Air Pollution
at all locations, checking of air quality data, EIA
Monitoring &
documentation in chapter 3 includes checking and
Control (AP)
Bhavin FAE ‘B’ (AP & compiling of AAQ results, description of mitigation
Jambucha AQ) measures, description of climate, site specific data
Preparation of emission estimate for stacks, preparation of
Air Quality
MET file, preparation of windrose diagram, running
Modeling and
AERMOD for dispersion modelling, preparation of contour
Prediction (AQ)
maps, interpretation of results
Solid and
Identification of waste generated from the industry,
Kundan Hazardous Waste
FAE ‘B’ (WP) studying adequacy of mitigation measures for
Ajudia Management
management of hazardous waste
(SHW)
Hydrogeology
Assisted in FAE report, secondary data collection, site visit,
and Water
AFAE (HG) well inventory and groundwater sampling, assisting in
Conservation
Niraj identifying impacts and suggested mitigation
(HG)
Sharma
Assisted in FAE report, secondary data collection, site visit,
Geology (GEO)
AFAE (GEO) soil sampling, , assisting in identifying impacts and
Soil (SC)
suggested mitigation
Paresha Sample analysis of water, soil and air collected from the
Laboratory -
Patel study area as per MoEF requirements.
Krunal Preparation of landuse maps of study area using GIS /
Drafts Man -
Kharva related tools

LIMITED DAHEJ, PHASE II ANNEXURES
ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Copy of ToR Letter issued by SEAC, Gujarat






Annexure 2: Copy of Plot Holding Certificate



Annexure 3: PESO approval of Ethylene Oxide


Annexure 4: PESO Approval for Propylene Oxide


Annexure 5: Methodology and Photo-documentation of Baseline Monitoring
Landuse / Land Cover Classification
Objectives
Kadam Environmental Consultants has entrusted the work, to carry out “Satellite Data
Interpretation and Ground Observations within 10 km radius of the project site located at Dahej”
to Dr. Jessica P. Karia. The objectives of work were as mentioned below:
Supervision of present land use/cover pattern studies using satellite data of 10 km radius of
project site.
To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:
 Study and collection of relevant documents and maps

 Checking of interpreted land use map
 Field Survey / Ground Truthing
 Generation of final land use land cover map
Classification of Land use and Land cover
The National Remote Sensing Center (NRSC), Government of India, conducted a land use survey
using Remote Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission
for classifying land by visual interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSC’s output
resulted in a two-level system of classification, comprising seven first level of classification of land
use / landcover categories. Some of these categories required further classification, leading to a
second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.
This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s landuse / landcover studies. Whilst
these categories are generally found relevant with respect to describing landuse and landcover
classes in the Indian context, sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include
additional sub-categories which are more relevant in describing the landuse and landcover for a
particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.
The definitions for the first and second level of classification are provided in Annexure 1. A
synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in following table.
Synopsis of Landuse / Landcover Classification Used for the Project

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification
1. Built-up Land or Habitation
Industrial
Crop Land
2. Agricultural Land Fallow Land
Plantations
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests
Deciduous Forests
Degraded Forest or Scrub
3. Forests
Forest Blank
Forest Plantations
Mangroves
Salt-Affected Land
4. Wastelands
Waterlogged Land

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area
Gullied / Ravenous Land
Land without Scrub
Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)
Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

5. Water Bodies
River Beds
Shifting Cultivation
Salt pan
6. Others
Grassland / Grazing Land/ Grass cover
Snow Covered / Glacial Area
Mining Area
Scrub
7. Vegetation Cover Open vegetation
Close vegetation
Methodology of Land use Pattern Studies

The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ cover map included:
 Data Collection
 Interpretation of satellite data
 Ground truth study
 Final Map preparation
Data Collection
 Downloading of satellite data through FTP from NRSC website.
 Topographical maps as base map
 Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area to get a feel of the entire ground area which
can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.
Satellite Data
The land use/land cover mapping was carried out using digital satellite imagery procured from
NRSA, Hyderabad. Details of the satellite data are as given in table as under:
Details of Satellite Data
Satellite Sensor Bands Year
IRS, Resourcesat 2 LISS IV 2,3,4 6 November, 2014

th
Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was imported to software and layer stacking option used to
group the layers. Considering the basic elements of interpretation such as tone, size, shape,
texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and
ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was
accomplished. The definitions for the first and second level of classification are provided in the
following sections.

1. Built up Land or Habitation
It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which
has a cover of buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation
and vacant lands.
Kadam has chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely
residential and industrial.
Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for
manufacturing.
Industrial
Structures used for manufacturing products.
2. Agricultural Land
It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other
commercial and horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow
land and plantations. These are further defined.
Crop Land
It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The
crops may be of either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.
Fallow Land
It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to
rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly
those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and
Kharif.
Plantations
Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations)
planted adopting certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber,
coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and other horticultural nurseries.
3. Forests
It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees
and other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be
further divided into sub-categories mentioned as follows.
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly
remain green throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved
evergreen trees. Semi-evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen
trees but the latter predominate.

Deciduous Forests
These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the
trees shed their leaves once in a year.
Degraded Forest or Scrub

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy
cover. It is the result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.
Forest Blank
A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of
assorted size and shapes as seen on the imagery.
Forest Plantations
It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest
lands. It includes eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.
Mangroves
Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover
occurring in tidal waters near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas.
Mangroves include species of the genera Rhizophora and Aviccunia.
4. Wastelands
Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with
reasonable water and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result
from internal / imposed constraints such as by location, environment, chemical and physical
prosperities of the soil or financial or management constraints.
Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy

lands, mudlands, gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren
rocky / stony waste / sheet rock areas.
Salt-Affected Land
The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth
of most plants due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium.
Alkaline land has an exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally
considered as the limit between normal and alkali soils. The predominant salts are carbonates and
bicarbonates of sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without ingress or inundation by
seawater.
Waterlogged Land
Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most
of the year. Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds
and tanks or in the context of the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such
areas that could be considered as ‘protected wetlands’.

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized
by vegetation, which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh
water depending on the salinity of water. These exclude Mangroves.
Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated
material in the formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the
first stage of excessive land dissection followed by their networking which leads to the
development of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is usually associated not with an isolated gully
but a network of deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and entering a nearby river,
flowing much lower than the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems of
gullies developed along river courses.
Land with / without Scrub

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub.
These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous
terrain.
Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal
riverine or inland (desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel
(river/stream) islands, etc.
Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and
vegetation and not suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered
as isolated exposures or loose fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It
includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.
5. Water Bodies
It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It
includes man-made reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.
River / Stream
It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream
to a big river and its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.
Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are
larger than tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control.
Tanks are smaller in areal extent with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways
used for irrigation and sometimes for navigation.
6. Others
It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because
of their nature of occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.

Shifting Cultivation
It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing
crops. Such lands are also known as jhoomlands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.
Grassland / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for
fodder to feed cattle and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes,
etc. Such lands can also be called as permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those
where certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing cattle to graze.
Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of
ice. It includes permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of
accumulated ice occurring amidst permanently snow-covered areas.
Ports/ Harbours
A harbour is a place where ships may shelter from the weather or are stored. Harbors can be
man-made or natural. A man-made harbor will have sea walls or breakwaters and may require
dredging. A natural harbor is surrounded on most sides by land.
A port is a man-made coastal or riverine facility where boats and ships can load and unload. It
may consist of quays, wharfs, jetties, piers and slipways with cranes or ramps. A port may have
magazine buildings or warehouses for storage of goods and a transport system, such as railway,
road transport or pipeline transport facilities for relaying goods inland. In short a port is used
mainly for marine trading and a harbour is used as a parking space or a storage space for ships
7. Vegetation Cover
It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved
Forests. This includes scrub, open and close vegetations.
Scrub
It is described as a vegetative cover having density is less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is
area covered by grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.
Open Vegetation
This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 20% of the
canopy cover.
Close Vegetation
This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 20% of the
canopy cover.
Ground truth study

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted landuses are correct thus
improving the quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders,
thereby giving background information on the landuse.

Final Map preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages
was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories
of land use and land cover, and were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.
GROUND SURVEY
The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. The survey
consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of identified features with those represented
on the map. Field notes were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining
to co-ordinates, photographs and identified landuses. Additional features identified or remarks
made against existing interpretation were also recorded.
Field visit dates by FAE (LU) Dr. Jessica Karia were as follows:
 31st January, 2015, 4th March 2015, 28th December 2015
The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project site. Kadam’s
land use and land cover Functional Area Expert visited the site for quality check of the map.
GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in
interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot
checks were also done to confirm the land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence
of interpretation was high. Table 2-3 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS
readings of all the ground truthing locations selected.
GPS readings within study area
S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes

1 21 43’ 49.7”
0
72 38’ 53.9”
0
Dahej Canal
2 21 44’ 51.8”
0
72 38’ 40.4”
0
Wav Agricultural land
3 210 46’ 45.1” 720 33’ 49.8” Kadodara Barren land
Scrub land, Reserve forest as
4 210 46’ 39.0” 720 34’ 35.3” Kadodara
per toposheet
5 210 42’ 49.5” 720 35’ 58.2” Dahej GIDC Scrub land
6 210 41’ 26.5” 720 39’ 22.0” Suva Village
7 21 41’ 02.7”
0
72 38’ 34.1”
0
Suva Creek
Photograph 12-1: Ground Truth Survey by FAE-LU/LC
Project Site

Cotton cultivation at Vadadla Scrub land Dahej Industrial Area
Prosopis juliflora covered region at Dahej Water Body At Jolwa village

Industrial Area
Salt pans at Dahej Dahej Industrial Area
Ambient Air
The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx),
HCl, Cl2, HB2, VOC, HC (Methane and Non-methane) & CO. Other parameter as unless specified in
ToR, i.e. NH3 was also analyzed as source for the same is envisaged from the project. Grab
samples of CO were taken and analyzed. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is
given in table below.
Methodology of Analyzing Ambient Air Monitoring Parameters

Sensitivity/
Sampling Sampling equipment / Analytical
Detection Methodology
Parameters Solution used Equipment
Limit
Respirable Dust Sampler with Electronic Gravimetric IS: 5182
PM10 10 µg/m3
Cyclone & Flow measurement balance (Part 23) 2006

Sensitivity/
Sampling Sampling equipment / Analytical
Detection Methodology
Parameters Solution used Equipment
Limit
Electronic
PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler 2 µg/m3 Gravimetric
Balance
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Spectro Colorimetric IS:
SO2 3.7 µg/m3
TCM) with RDS photometer 5182: (Part II) 2001
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with
Sodium Spectro Colorimetric IS:
NOX 6 µg/m3
Hydroxide (0.1 N) photometer 5182: (Part VI) 2006
Media) with RDS
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with IS 5182 (Part 19):
Cl2 Colorimetric 1.0 µg/m3
Methyl Orange) with RDS 1982
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Titrimetric Argentomentric
HCl 0.2 µg/m3
Distilled Water) with RDS Method Method
Gaseous Flow (0.1 N H2SO4) Spectro Indophenol Blue
NH3 10 µg/m3
attachment with RDS Sampler photometer method
APHA: 4500 – Br B_
Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Spectro
HBr 1.0 µg/m3 22nd Edition,
KOH) with RDS photometer
Colorometric Method
HC (Methane &
Bladder & Pump GC 1 ppm IS 5182 (Part 21)
Non Methane)
Bladder & Pump
VOC GC 1 ppm IS 5182 (Part 2)
(Charcoal adsorption/ analyzer)
CO analyzer/
CO Bladder & Pump 1,145 µg/m3 Sensor/ GC method
GC
Photograph 12-2: Data logger to collect Site Specific Meteorological Data
Photograph 12-3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AA 1: At Project Site AA 2: At Vav Village
AA3: At Vadadla Village AA 4: At Jolwa Villager/ Vadadla Crossing
Monitoring Methodology of Noise Level
Monitoring of noise is done by identifying suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations.
Background noise quality is monitored in dB (A) Leq (d) and dB (A) Leq (n) at the selected
locations.
Methodology for Noise level analysis:
 Identification of sources of noise and vibrations at proposed project.

 Identification of baseline monitoring station within study area.
 Site visit (If plant is existing) and identification of sources of noise and vibrations
 Noise sampling during study period and report its results
 Determining possible impacts of Noise & Vibrations on the environment
 To run Sound plan software for assessment of noise levels
 Checking whether the increase of SPL in the locations surrounding the project.
 Suggestions of mitigation measures of Noise/Vibrations and to reduce noise/vibrations of
sources exceeding the allowable limits of SPL.
Monitoring methodology
Sample collection
Env. Sampling Sampling Sampling
Methodology Sampling Detection
Component location Frequency Parameter
equipment Limit
Once during
the study
Sound Level
Ambient 5 (Hourly Noise Level Decibels –
Measurement 0.1 dB (A)
Noise Locations reading for 24 Meter dB (A)
(SLM)
hours at each
location)

Photograph 12-4: Noise Monitoring
NL1 : Near Main Gate- Southwest Side NL2: Near Railway
NL3: 500 m NE direction From At site NL4: Vadadla Village
NL5: Vav village

Groundwater Monitoring Methodology
Monitoring methodology for groundwater is given in table below. The grab samples were manually
collected and analyzed as per APHA Standard Methods (20th Edition, 1998) for the parameters
given in the EIA Manual of MoEF (January 2001).
Monitoring Methodology for Groundwater

Sampling Parameters Sample Analysis Methodology
pH pH meter 4500 H+ B
Temperature Thermometer 2550 B
Turbidity Nephlometer 2130 B
TDS Gravimetric 2540 C
Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter 2510 B
COD Volumetric 5220 B
BOD Volumetric IS 3025
Ammonical Nitrogen Nessler method 4500 NH3
Phenol S. Photometer 510 C *
Chlorides Argentometric 4500 cl- B
SO4-2 S. Photometer 4500 SO4-2
F. Photometer (Na, K)
SAR Calculation
Titration ( Ca and Mg)
Total Hardness Titration 2340 C
Ca++ Hardness Titration EDTA 3500 Mg B
Mg++ Hardness Titration EDTA 3500 Mg B
Nitrate S. Photometer 4500 NO3-2
Sodium F. Photometer 3500 Na B
Potassium Flame photometer 3500 K B
Calcium Titration EDTA 3500 ca B
Magnesium Titration 3500 Mg B
Salinity Volumetric 4500 cl- B
Cu (Copper) S. Photometer 3500 Cu B
Zn (Zinc) S. Photometer / AAS 3500 Zn B
Coliform Count Fermentation Tube 9221 B
Faecal Coliform Multiple Tube Technique 9230 B
Boron S. Photometer 4500 B C
Photograph 12-5: Groundwater Sampling
GW 1: Borewell at Jolwa Village GW 2: Borewell at Vav Village

GW 3: Borewell at Dahej GW 4: Borewell at Vadadla Village
Surface Water Monitoring Methodology
Kadam Environmental Consultants has collected the surface water samples and carried out their
analysis in KEC laboratory to assess quality of Surface water within 10 km radius of the project
site.
The objectives of work are as mentioned below:
 Marking of tentative sampling location on Land Use map within 10 km radius of the
project site.
 Actual Field visit and identification, marking of actual sampling location points based on
tentative location fixed on Land Use map.
 Collection of surface water samples from marked points
 Analysis of the collected samples
 Locating actual sampling points in land use map
 Baseline Environmental conditions assessment based on analysis results obtained.
Analysis Method Adopted

Surface water samples are collected using manual grab sampling technique.
The samples were further analyzed as per the APHA Standard Methods (22nd Edition). Table below
describes analytical methodology for parameters to be analyzed and with minimum detection limit
of the instruments available at KEC laboratory.
Analysis Methods Adopted for Surface Water Samples

Parameters
Analyzed in Parameters
Minimum
S. Ground and Analyzed in
Parameters Methodology Detection
No. Surface River water
Limit
water samples
Samples
APHA: 4500-H+ B(22nd Edition), pH
1 pH
meter
  1
APHA: 2120 (22nd Edition), Visual

2 Color
Comparison
 1 Pt-Co
APHA: 2550 B (22nd Edition),

3 Temperature
Standard Thermometer
 1 Deg C

4 Turbidity
Nephelometric
 4 NTU
5 TDS APHA: 2540C (22nd Edition),   20 mg/l

Parameters
Minimum
Limit
water samples
Samples
Gravimetric
Electrical APHA: 2510 B (22nd Edition),
6
conductivity Conductivity meter
  1µmoh/cm
APHA: 5220 B(22nd Edition),

7 COD
Titrimetric Open reflux method
 <5 mg/l
8 BOD IS: 3025(part-44), Iodometric   <3 mg/l

APHA:4500Cl- B (22nd Edition)
9 Chlorides
, Titrimetric
  1.5 mg/l
APHA: 5530-D (22nd Edition),

10 Phenol
colorimetric
 0.001 mg/l
APHA:4500-E as SO42- (22nd

11 Sulphates
Edition), Turbid metric
  < 1 mg/l
Total APHA: 2340-C (22nd Edition),

12
Hardness Titrimetric (EDTA method)
 < 10 mg/l
Ca++ APHA: 3500-B-Ca (22nd Edition)

13
Hardness Titrimetric, (EDTA method)
 < 4 mg/l
Mg++ APHA: 3500-B-Mg (22nd Edition), By

14
Hardness difference
 8 mg/l
Total APHA: 2320 B (22nd Edition),

15
Alkalinity Titrimetric
 <10 mg/l
16 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34),3.3, colorimetric   <0.1 mg/l

APHA:4500 F-D (22nd Edition),
17 Fluoride
Colorimetric
  <0.1 mg/l
APHA:3500 Na-B (22nd Edition),

18 Sodium
Flame emission Photometric
 <1 mg/l
APHA: 3500 K-B (22nd Edition)

19 Potassium
Flame emission Photometric
 <1 mg/l
APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B)

20 Calcium
Titrimetric (EDTA Method)
 1 mg/l
APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by

21 Magnesium
difference
 3 mg/l

22 Salinity
Electrical Conductivity method
 -
APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldhal

23 Total Nitrogen
Distillation (22nd Edition), Titrametic
 0.06 mg/l
Total APHA: 4500 P-C (22nd Edition),

24
Phosphorous colorimetric
 <1 mg/l
Dissolved APHA: 4500O-C (22nd Edition),

25
Oxygen Iodometric
  0.5 mg/l
APHA: 4170-B (22nd Edition)

Ammonical
26
Nitrogen
/IS:3025(part-34), 1988, Distillation   <0.01 mg/l
& colorimetric
27 SAR Flame photometric & EDTA method   -

Parameters
Minimum
Limit
water samples
Samples
28 Heavy Metals
Arsenic APHA: 3500-As-A (22nd Edition)/
a
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
  <0.002 mg/l
(as As)
Cadmium APHA: 3500-Cd-A (22nd Edition)/
b
APHA: 3111-B(AAS) (22nd Edition)
 <0.003 mg/l
(as Cd)
Chromium (as APHA: 3500-Cr-B (22nd Edition),
c
Cr) colorimetric
 <0.003 mg/l
APHA: 3500-Cu-A (22nd Edition)/

Copper
d APHA: 3111-B(AAS) (22nd Edition)   <0.05 mg/l
(as Cu)
IS:3025 (part42):1992
Cyanide APHA: 4500 CN- D & E(22nd
e
Edition), colorimetric
 0.003 mg/l
(as CN)
Iron APHA: 3500-Fe-B (22nd Edition),
f
colorimetric
  <0.1 mg/l
(as Fe)
Lead APHA: 3500-Ld-A (22nd Edition)/
g
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition)
  <0.01 mg/l
(as Pb)
Mercury APHA: 3500-Hg-A (22nd Edition)/
h
 <0.001 mg/l
(as Hg)
Manganese APHA: 3500-Mn-A (22nd Edition)/
i
(as Mn) APHA: 3111-B(AAS) (22nd Edition)
 <0.04 mg/l
Nickel APHA: 3500-Ni-A (22nd Edition)/

j
APHA: 3111-B(AAS)(22nd Edition
 <0.02 mg/l
(as Ni)
Zinc APHA: 3500-Zn-A (22nd Edition)/
k
  <0.08 mg/
(as Zn)
Boron APHA: 4500 B-C (22nd Edition),
l
Colorimetric
 <0.02 mg/l
(as B)
APHA: 9221-B (22nd Edition), 1.8
29 Total Coliform
Multiple Tube Fermentation
  MPN/100ml
APHA: 9221-E (22nd Edition), 1.8
30 Fecal Coliform
Multiple Tube Fermentation
 MPN/100ml
Photograph 12-6: Surface Water Sampling
SW 1: Pond at Jolwa village SW 2: Pond at Vav Village

SW 3: Pond at Kadodara Village SW4: Pond at Vadadla Village
SW 5: Pond at Dahej SW 6: Narmada River (D/s) Nr. Ambeta
Soil Environment
Methodology of soil sample monitoring is given in following table. Photograph 12-8 shows soil
sampling at project site and within study area.
Methodology of Soil Sample Analysis

Sampling Sample Analytical
Methodology Remarks
Parameters collection Equipment
Porosity - IS: 2720 Part 7
Water holding
Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK Trial pit method for
capacity
topsoil sample
Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17 collection; disturbed
samples
Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2
Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4
Particle size Manual sample
Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4
Distribution collection using
Cation Exchange hammer and IS: 2720 Part 24
container tube Centrifuge 5% Leachate to be
Capacity (1976)
for collecting made and analyzed
F. Photometer (Na, K)
SAR undisturbed top Calculation as per APHA,
Titration ( Ca & Mg) “Standard Methods”
soil.
pH pH Meter 4500 H+B All method numbers
Electrical As per IS 14767 - are as per APHA
Conductivity Meter
Conductivity 2000 “Standard Methods”
Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B (21st edition,
2005)
Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B
Sodium (Na) F.Photometer 3500 Na B
Potassium F.Photometer 3500 K B

Photograph 12-7: Soil Sampling
ST 1: At project site ST 2: Jolwa Village
ST 3: Vav village ST 4: Vadadla village
Socio-Economic Environment
Approach & Methodology

The approach and methodology adopted for the project with regard to the socio-economic study
includes desktop review and documentation pertaining to the project influence that is done
through government publications, qualitative and quantitative fieldwork data collections. The
Primary Census Abstract of 2001 & 2011 has been used for information regarding the village
amenities.
The main objectives of the socio-economic study was:-
To provide an accurate representation of the social, cultural and economic conditions of the
population surrounding the project site;
To identify the potential socio-economic positive and negative impacts during the construction,
operations and decommissioning phase of the proposed project;
To develop sustainable mitigation measures to enhance positive impacts and reduce or avoid
negative impacts; and
To develop proper monitoring and evaluation system with accountability to be implemented by the
project proponent.
Vadadala village in which the industry has been proposed has been considered as the core zone
village whereas the villages in the 10 kilometres aerial distance has been considered as the buffer
zone. A 20% household level survey was carried out in Vadadala village.The respondents were
selected from the various ’ falias’ to get a representative result. In the buffer zone villages were
selected by random sampling. In the selected villages focused group discussions, consultation with
people of various cross section of the society like teachers, fishermen etc., meetings with Village

Panchayat representative was conducted. Socio-economic fieldwork comprises of undertaking a

structured household survey format focusing on population, household composition, education
levels, general health status, livelihood strategies, employment, income level, and holding focus
group discussions considering the origins and movements of the local population and social
concerns/issues in relation to the proposed project. The field visit was done by the social experts
from 11th to 13th February, 2015 during which household level survey, stakeholder consultation,
focused group discussions, meeting the Village Sarpanch and on site common observations were
done.
Photograph 12-8: Photo Documentation of Socio Economic Survey
Site visit
School at Jolva Extra Curricular Activities by Children
Pre-Testing of Questionnaire Toilet made under Government Scheme

Primary School at Jolva Village Interaction at Dahej School
Kutcha Houses at Kadodara Tribal Communities Houses
Cultivation Land of the Study Area
Animal Husbandry Fisherman of the Study area

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II ANNEXURES
Annexure 6: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Average Pollutant Concentration (All units are in
µg/m3 except VOCs which are in ppm)
S. No. Station Code Sampling Date Sampling Location Area /Category
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx VOCs
(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)
Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area 100 60 80 80 NS

CPCB Norms
Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.) 100 60 30 30 NS
1 AA01 10-12-2014 At PPG Asian Paint Site (Adjacent Site) Industrial 110 21 8.0 14.8 <1


(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms
1 AA02 09-12-2014 At Vav Village Residential 104 14 8.0 17.9 <1



(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms

1 AA03 08-12-2014 At Vadadla Village Residential 102 41 8.0 19.3 <1



(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms

1 AA04 08-12-2014 At Jolwa village Residential 102 25 8.0 19.3 <1



(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms


1 AA05 09-12-2014 At Radha-Madhav Project site Residential 68 22 8.0 16.1 <1



(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms

1 AA06 10-12-2014 At Labour colony Residential 105 22 8.0 18.1 <1


(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms



(24hr) (24hr) (24hr.) (24hr) (15Min)

CPCB Norms


CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II ANNEXURES
Annexure 7: Long Term Climatological Data

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED PROPOSED SPECIALITY CHEMICALS MANUFACTURING FACILITY AT GIDC DAHEJ, PHASE II ANNEXURES

Annexure 8: Dispersion Modeling Results

Table 1: Incremental Increase in GLC of SO2 (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air SO2 Concentration from Proposed Plant when NG and HSD will be used
as Fuel
DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.012 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
20 0.014 0.011 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.006 0.005
30 0.012 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 0.015 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 0.017 0.021 0.016 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
60 0.017 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
70 0.016 0.006 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
80 0.015 0.011 0.006 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
90 0.023 0.015 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002
100 0.024 0.014 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
110 0.027 0.025 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.015 0.011 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003
120 0.034 0.027 0.021 0.018 0.015 0.012 0.009 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
130 0.040 0.022 0.012 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
140 0.059 0.040 0.031 0.027 0.023 0.020 0.015 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006
150 0.047 0.031 0.023 0.018 0.015 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001
160 0.026 0.027 0.024 0.024 0.022 0.021 0.018 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006
170 0.021 0.016 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
180 0.020 0.008 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
190 0.025 0.021 0.014 0.011 0.008 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
200 0.035 0.048 0.036 0.029 0.023 0.020 0.016 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005
210 0.030 0.018 0.011 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
220 0.063 0.038 0.023 0.015 0.011 0.009 0.006 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
230 0.059 0.064 0.047 0.038 0.036 0.033 0.028 0.022 0.018 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.011
240 0.059 0.039 0.024 0.016 0.012 0.009 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
250 0.048 0.052 0.040 0.031 0.026 0.022 0.017 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.006
260 0.041 0.022 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
270 0.041 0.023 0.014 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003
280 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
290 0.025 0.021 0.012 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002
300 0.024 0.011 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
310 0.037 0.023 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
320 0.048 0.038 0.024 0.016 0.012 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003
330 0.029 0.022 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
340 0.013 0.007 0.004 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002
350 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
360 0.015 0.011 0.007 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003
Table 2: Incremental Increase in GLC of NOx (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air NOx Concentration from Proposed Plant when NG and HSD will be used
as Fuel

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.25 0.22 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
20 0.33 0.30 0.21 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.12 0.12 0.12
30 0.34 0.18 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
40 0.40 0.25 0.18 0.11 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
50 0.44 0.52 0.40 0.30 0.24 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06
60 0.44 0.27 0.18 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
70 0.41 0.17 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01
80 0.38 0.32 0.18 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
90 0.54 0.43 0.24 0.14 0.09 0.11 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04
100 0.52 0.37 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
110 0.39 0.61 0.79 0.71 0.59 0.50 0.36 0.21 0.14 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06
120 0.57 0.50 0.63 0.55 0.46 0.38 0.27 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
130 1.03 0.54 0.33 0.22 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
140 1.37 0.93 0.89 0.79 0.67 0.57 0.42 0.30 0.24 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.14 0.13
150 1.06 0.59 0.52 0.43 0.35 0.29 0.22 0.15 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
160 0.59 0.44 0.41 0.44 0.43 0.40 0.33 0.34 0.33 0.32 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.18
170 0.49 0.26 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
180 0.45 0.19 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
190 0.59 0.38 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01
200 0.69 0.97 0.79 0.69 0.62 0.57 0.47 0.33 0.25 0.21 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.15
210 0.62 0.47 0.30 0.20 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
220 1.14 0.71 0.42 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
230 1.33 1.31 0.93 0.72 0.63 0.59 0.55 0.45 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.34 0.31 0.29
240 1.18 0.77 0.48 0.35 0.27 0.22 0.17 0.11 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
250 1.19 1.21 0.89 0.68 0.59 0.55 0.50 0.40 0.31 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.18
260 0.94 0.68 0.39 0.26 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
270 1.03 0.72 0.43 0.28 0.21 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07
280 0.70 0.42 0.24 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
290 0.64 0.64 0.38 0.23 0.16 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
300 0.49 0.35 0.20 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
310 0.73 0.57 0.34 0.22 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
320 1.01 1.02 0.67 0.45 0.33 0.26 0.19 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06
330 0.64 0.64 0.41 0.26 0.18 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
340 0.33 0.21 0.11 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06
350 0.24 0.16 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
360 0.25 0.29 0.21 0.15 0.11 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09
Table 3: Incremental Increase in GLC of PM (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air PM Concentration from Proposed Plant when NG and HSD will be used
as Fuel

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.011 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
20 0.010 0.009 0.013 0.016 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005
30 0.006 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 0.009 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 0.020 0.014 0.012 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.009 0.012 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.008
60 0.033 0.018 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
70 0.019 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.001 0.002 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004
80 0.006 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
90 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.007 0.006
100 0.014 0.010 0.012 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
110 0.024 0.009 0.008 0.009 0.012 0.012 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
120 0.023 0.024 0.024 0.023 0.019 0.014 0.008 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
130 0.041 0.030 0.014 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
140 0.073 0.019 0.018 0.022 0.023 0.027 0.028 0.025 0.026 0.025 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.015
150 0.066 0.047 0.044 0.034 0.030 0.026 0.019 0.012 0.007 0.005 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002
160 0.062 0.058 0.031 0.034 0.031 0.027 0.021 0.015 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003
170 0.106 0.072 0.050 0.027 0.016 0.011 0.007 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
180 0.061 0.029 0.009 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
190 0.037 0.006 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
200 0.042 0.067 0.043 0.035 0.031 0.027 0.021 0.016 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.006 0.005
210 0.065 0.028 0.019 0.014 0.010 0.008 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
220 0.148 0.059 0.033 0.022 0.016 0.011 0.007 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
230 0.134 0.076 0.083 0.080 0.070 0.060 0.045 0.045 0.040 0.037 0.033 0.029 0.026 0.024 0.022
240 0.080 0.084 0.047 0.029 0.019 0.013 0.007 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
250 0.076 0.028 0.036 0.036 0.034 0.034 0.031 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007
260 0.053 0.022 0.023 0.019 0.014 0.010 0.006 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
270 0.030 0.011 0.016 0.017 0.017 0.016 0.013 0.012 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005
280 0.047 0.011 0.006 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000
290 0.087 0.008 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.003 0.006 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004
300 0.062 0.018 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
310 0.025 0.024 0.012 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
320 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.010 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004
330 0.011 0.003 0.005 0.006 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
340 0.021 0.004 0.001 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002
350 0.012 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
360 0.009 0.007 0.012 0.013 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
Table 4: Incremental Increase in GLC of SO2 (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air SO2 Concentration from Proposed Plant when FO and HSD will be used
as Fuel

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 6.76 5.80 3.58 2.25 1.51 1.08 0.64 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
20 7.74 7.43 4.56 2.91 2.02 1.54 1.18 1.21 1.53 1.92 2.24 2.36 2.37 2.37 2.35
30 9.30 4.75 2.81 1.72 1.13 0.83 0.63 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
40 10.96 5.91 4.54 3.05 2.07 1.46 0.82 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
50 12.17 12.05 9.90 7.36 5.69 4.71 3.73 2.79 2.32 2.07 2.03 1.93 1.79 1.66 1.52
60 12.41 6.71 4.76 3.19 2.21 1.61 0.99 0.87 0.69 0.54 0.42 0.34 0.27 0.22 0.18
70 11.73 4.82 2.42 1.44 1.00 0.83 0.63 0.43 0.33 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.15
80 10.78 8.41 4.89 2.92 1.89 1.31 0.77 0.43 0.32 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
90 12.99 11.75 6.68 3.98 2.82 2.23 2.33 2.23 1.90 1.59 1.33 1.13 0.97 0.85 0.74
100 13.18 10.48 5.65 3.36 3.01 2.58 1.86 1.04 0.64 0.43 0.30 0.22 0.17 0.15 0.13
110 10.08 10.34 14.52 15.27 13.88 12.14 9.22 5.71 3.90 2.86 2.21 1.78 1.70 1.64 1.60
120 12.19 10.94 12.56 12.41 10.96 9.41 6.97 4.18 2.79 2.00 1.51 1.18 0.95 0.79 0.66
130 23.60 14.09 8.70 5.93 4.31 3.74 3.22 2.21 1.60 1.22 0.97 0.79 0.67 0.59 0.52
140 32.55 22.19 18.47 16.63 14.87 13.21 10.41 7.16 5.72 4.68 4.26 4.11 3.95 3.78 3.59
150 27.18 15.35 11.28 9.32 7.82 6.68 4.99 3.66 2.70 2.02 1.57 1.25 1.01 0.83 0.69
160 16.75 9.50 9.68 9.35 8.94 8.57 7.55 7.79 7.42 6.88 6.41 5.98 5.48 4.97 4.53
170 13.27 7.44 4.42 3.50 2.91 2.70 2.59 2.28 1.94 1.53 1.22 0.99 0.81 0.67 0.56
180 12.69 5.31 2.53 1.62 1.22 0.99 0.72 0.47 0.35 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
190 16.18 9.78 6.55 5.57 4.69 4.04 3.24 2.13 1.47 1.06 0.80 0.61 0.49 0.39 0.32
200 18.02 20.69 17.84 15.53 13.77 12.55 10.72 7.98 6.23 4.97 4.11 4.02 3.91 3.78 3.57
210 16.91 10.97 7.58 5.14 3.66 2.77 1.75 1.31 1.18 1.03 0.85 0.70 0.59 0.50 0.42
220 31.62 17.13 10.33 7.21 5.61 4.64 3.78 2.73 1.99 1.52 1.20 0.98 0.81 0.68 0.59
230 34.20 29.60 21.69 17.38 15.12 13.64 11.82 9.82 9.40 9.26 8.87 8.32 7.82 7.34 6.90
240 30.63 21.35 11.75 8.44 6.69 5.48 3.94 2.51 1.83 1.44 1.16 0.96 0.82 0.72 0.64
250 27.74 27.29 20.80 16.59 14.27 12.66 10.76 8.96 7.42 6.15 5.48 4.93 4.47 4.20 4.08
260 24.75 17.78 10.21 6.59 4.73 3.54 2.61 2.12 1.64 1.30 1.07 0.90 0.77 0.67 0.58
270 25.91 17.86 11.45 7.53 5.59 4.50 3.99 3.04 2.36 2.03 1.83 1.68 1.58 1.55 1.52
280 16.29 11.60 6.67 4.24 3.60 3.61 3.34 2.53 1.93 1.55 1.28 1.09 0.94 0.82 0.73
290 13.06 16.43 10.17 6.36 4.26 3.04 1.77 0.85 0.54 0.41 0.37 0.38 0.42 0.47 0.53
300 13.49 8.34 5.23 3.23 2.11 1.47 0.85 0.46 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
310 19.28 16.21 9.83 6.29 4.38 3.24 2.03 1.35 0.93 0.68 0.52 0.41 0.34 0.30 0.27
320 24.03 27.24 18.58 12.78 9.41 7.41 5.38 3.84 3.07 2.57 2.23 1.98 1.79 1.63 1.51
330 15.16 16.55 11.10 7.35 5.15 3.85 3.03 2.39 1.82 1.44 1.17 0.97 0.82 0.70 0.61
340 8.42 5.81 3.18 1.86 1.18 0.90 0.68 0.45 0.45 0.74 0.97 1.08 1.12 1.15 1.17
350 6.75 4.05 3.06 2.20 1.63 1.26 0.85 0.50 0.36 0.28 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13
360 6.75 7.46 5.61 4.07 3.06 2.41 1.99 2.92 3.07 3.07 2.99 2.84 2.63 2.43 2.24
Table 5: Incremental Increase in GLC of NOx (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air NOx Concentration from Proposed Plant when FO and HSD will be used
as Fuel

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.23 0.22 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
20 0.30 0.28 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11
30 0.33 0.17 0.10 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
40 0.39 0.24 0.17 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
50 0.43 0.48 0.38 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06
60 0.43 0.24 0.17 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
70 0.40 0.16 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
80 0.36 0.31 0.18 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
90 0.50 0.42 0.24 0.14 0.09 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
100 0.48 0.36 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
110 0.36 0.56 0.77 0.69 0.58 0.49 0.35 0.21 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06
120 0.52 0.46 0.60 0.54 0.45 0.37 0.26 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
130 0.96 0.52 0.32 0.22 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
140 1.27 0.85 0.84 0.76 0.64 0.55 0.40 0.29 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.13 0.12
150 1.01 0.55 0.49 0.41 0.33 0.27 0.21 0.15 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02
160 0.57 0.37 0.38 0.41 0.41 0.39 0.32 0.32 0.32 0.31 0.27 0.24 0.22 0.19 0.18
170 0.47 0.26 0.16 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.12 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
180 0.43 0.18 0.09 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
190 0.55 0.34 0.26 0.22 0.19 0.18 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01
200 0.62 0.87 0.73 0.65 0.59 0.54 0.45 0.33 0.24 0.19 0.20 0.18 0.17 0.16 0.15
210 0.59 0.45 0.29 0.20 0.14 0.11 0.07 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
220 1.07 0.62 0.37 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
230 1.26 1.17 0.84 0.66 0.59 0.56 0.52 0.43 0.42 0.40 0.39 0.37 0.34 0.31 0.28
240 1.10 0.73 0.46 0.34 0.26 0.22 0.16 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
250 1.13 1.11 0.82 0.63 0.55 0.52 0.48 0.38 0.30 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
260 0.90 0.67 0.38 0.25 0.18 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
270 0.98 0.70 0.42 0.27 0.20 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.07
280 0.67 0.41 0.23 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
290 0.59 0.63 0.37 0.23 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02
300 0.46 0.34 0.20 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
310 0.68 0.56 0.33 0.21 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
320 0.91 0.98 0.65 0.44 0.32 0.25 0.18 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06
330 0.58 0.62 0.40 0.26 0.18 0.13 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
340 0.31 0.21 0.11 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.06
350 0.23 0.15 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00
360 0.23 0.28 0.20 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.10 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09
Table 6: Incremental Increase in GLC of PM (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air PM Concentration from Proposed Plant when FO and HSD will be used as
Fuel

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.30 0.26 0.16 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
20 0.35 0.34 0.22 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11 0.11
30 0.42 0.21 0.13 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
40 0.49 0.27 0.20 0.14 0.09 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
50 0.55 0.55 0.45 0.34 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07
60 0.56 0.32 0.22 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01
70 0.53 0.22 0.11 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
80 0.49 0.38 0.22 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
90 0.59 0.53 0.30 0.18 0.13 0.10 0.11 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04
100 0.60 0.47 0.25 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
110 0.47 0.47 0.65 0.69 0.62 0.55 0.41 0.26 0.18 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.07
120 0.55 0.51 0.58 0.56 0.50 0.43 0.31 0.19 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03
130 1.07 0.65 0.40 0.27 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02
140 1.48 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.67 0.60 0.47 0.32 0.26 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.16
150 1.25 0.70 0.55 0.45 0.37 0.32 0.23 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03
160 0.78 0.44 0.45 0.43 0.41 0.39 0.34 0.36 0.34 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.22 0.20
170 0.61 0.35 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03
180 0.60 0.25 0.12 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
190 0.75 0.44 0.30 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01
200 0.84 0.99 0.84 0.72 0.63 0.57 0.49 0.36 0.28 0.22 0.19 0.18 0.18 0.17 0.16
210 0.80 0.52 0.35 0.24 0.17 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
220 1.56 0.81 0.49 0.34 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03
230 1.59 1.39 1.02 0.81 0.70 0.63 0.54 0.45 0.44 0.43 0.40 0.38 0.35 0.33 0.31
240 1.42 0.98 0.54 0.38 0.30 0.25 0.18 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03
250 1.25 1.24 0.95 0.76 0.65 0.58 0.49 0.41 0.34 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.19 0.18
260 1.13 0.80 0.46 0.30 0.21 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03
270 1.16 0.80 0.51 0.34 0.25 0.20 0.18 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07
280 0.73 0.53 0.30 0.19 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03
290 0.58 0.74 0.46 0.29 0.19 0.14 0.09 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03
300 0.64 0.38 0.23 0.14 0.09 0.07 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
310 0.88 0.75 0.45 0.28 0.20 0.15 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01
320 1.08 1.22 0.84 0.57 0.42 0.33 0.24 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
330 0.68 0.74 0.50 0.33 0.23 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03
340 0.38 0.26 0.14 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
350 0.30 0.19 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
360 0.30 0.34 0.25 0.18 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.14 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10
Table 7: Incremental Increase in GLC of HC (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air HC Concentration from Proposed Plant

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.10 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20 0.09 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04
30 0.07 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
40 0.08 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
50 0.16 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04
60 0.08 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
70 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
80 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
90 0.14 0.09 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
100 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
110 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.11 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03
120 0.11 0.18 0.14 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
130 0.15 0.08 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
140 0.22 0.21 0.19 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06
150 0.38 0.34 0.26 0.20 0.15 0.12 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02
160 0.38 0.14 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.12 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
170 0.20 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
180 0.12 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
190 0.12 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
200 0.17 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05
210 0.18 0.12 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
220 0.22 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
230 0.41 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.14 0.12 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07 0.06 0.06
240 0.22 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
250 0.23 0.18 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.10 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05
260 0.32 0.15 0.11 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
270 0.23 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05
280 0.11 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
290 0.15 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.07 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03
300 0.35 0.06 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
310 0.31 0.21 0.13 0.09 0.06 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
320 0.21 0.18 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04
330 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
340 0.13 0.02 0.04 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02
350 0.12 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
360 0.09 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04
Table 8: Incremental Increase in GLC of HCl (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air HCl Concentration from Proposed Plant

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
20 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
30 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
40 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
50 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
60 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
70 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
80 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
90 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
100 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
110 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
120 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
130 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
140 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
150 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
160 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00
170 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
180 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
190 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
200 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
210 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
220 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
230 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
240 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
250 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
260 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
270 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
280 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
290 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00
300 0.02 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
310 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
320 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
330 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
340 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
350 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
360 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
Table 9: Incremental Increase in GLC of NH3 (µg/m3) to Total Ambient Air NH3 Concentration from Proposed Plant

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
10 0.011 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
20 0.012 0.006 0.009 0.013 0.014 0.015 0.014 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004
30 0.011 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
40 0.008 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 0.020 0.012 0.009 0.009 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.007 0.008 0.009 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.006
60 0.028 0.012 0.007 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
70 0.009 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.003 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
80 0.010 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
90 0.019 0.009 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.004
100 0.023 0.007 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
110 0.037 0.019 0.015 0.016 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002
120 0.058 0.022 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
130 0.032 0.013 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000
140 0.062 0.040 0.030 0.028 0.027 0.027 0.024 0.026 0.024 0.022 0.020 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.012
150 0.056 0.033 0.021 0.014 0.010 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001
160 0.051 0.052 0.042 0.032 0.025 0.021 0.014 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002
170 0.024 0.019 0.012 0.009 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
180 0.013 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
190 0.050 0.024 0.013 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
200 0.050 0.037 0.027 0.023 0.021 0.018 0.015 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004
210 0.028 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
220 0.074 0.039 0.024 0.017 0.012 0.009 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
230 0.061 0.053 0.062 0.055 0.047 0.040 0.031 0.033 0.028 0.027 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.015
240 0.071 0.038 0.021 0.013 0.009 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
250 0.046 0.041 0.034 0.032 0.029 0.026 0.021 0.013 0.011 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004
260 0.032 0.011 0.011 0.008 0.006 0.005 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
270 0.026 0.018 0.017 0.017 0.015 0.013 0.010 0.007 0.008 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.004
280 0.024 0.006 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000
290 0.020 0.007 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.005 0.007 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002
300 0.018 0.004 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
310 0.040 0.010 0.004 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
320 0.055 0.018 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
330 0.027 0.008 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
340 0.009 0.002 0.004 0.008 0.009 0.009 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.003 0.003 0.002 0.002 0.002
350 0.009 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
360 0.020 0.012 0.014 0.013 0.011 0.009 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004

Figure 1: Isopleth Concentration of SO2 when NG and HSD will be used as Fuel

Figure 2: Isopleth Concentration of NOx when NG and HSD will be used as Fuel

Figure 3: Isopleth Concentration of PM when NG and HSD will be used as Fuel

Figure 4: Isopleth Concentration of SO2 when FO and HSD will be used as Fuel

Figure 5: Isopleth Concentration of NOx when FO and HSD will be used as Fuel

Figure 6: Isopleth Concentration of PM when FO and HSD will be used as Fuel

Figure 7: Isopleth Concentration of HC

Figure 8: Isopleth Concentration of HCl

Figure 9: Isopleth Concentration of NH3

Annexure 9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

S. Pollutant Time Concentration in Ambient Air
No. Weighted Industrial, Ecologically Methods of
Average Residential, Sensitive Area Measurement
Rural and Other (Notified by
Area Central
Government)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 Sulphur Dioxide Annual* 50 20 Improved West and
(SO2), µg/m3 Gacke Method
24 hours** 80 80 Ultraviolet
Fluorescence Method
2 Nitrogen Dioxide Annual* 40 30 Modified Jacob &
(NO2), µg/m3 Hochheiser (Na-
24 hours** 80 80 arsenite) Method
Chemiluminescence
Method
3 Particulate Matter Annual* 60 60 Gravimetric Method
(size less than 10 TOEM
µm) or PM10 24 hours** 100 100 Beta Attenuation
µg/m3 Method
4 Particulate Matter Annual* 40 40 Gravimetric Method
(size less than TOEM
2.5 µm) or PM2.5 24 hours** 60 60 Beta Attenuation
µg/m3 Method
5 Ozone (O3) µg/m3 8 hours** 100 100 UV Photometric
Method
1 hour** 180 180 Chemiluminescence
Method
Chemical Method
6 Lead (Pb) µg/m3 Annual* 0.50 0.50 AAS/ICP method
after sampling on
24 hours** 1.0 1.0 EPM 2000 or
equivalent filter
paper
ED-XRF using Teflon
filter
7 Carbon Monoxide 8 hours** 02 02 Non Dispersive Infra
(CO) µg/m3 Red (NDIR)
1 hour** 04 04 spectroscopy
8 Ammonia (NH3) Annual* 100 100 Chemiluminescence

µg/m3 400 Method
24 hours** 400 Indophenols blue
method
9 Benzene (C6H6) Annual* 05 05 Gas chromatography
µg/m3 based continuous
analyzer
Adsorption and
Desorption followed
by GC analyzer
10 Benzo(a)Pyrene Annual* 01 01 Solvent extraction
(BaP)-Particulate followed by HPLC/GC
phase only, analysis
µg/m3
11 Arsenic (As), Annual* 06 06 AAS/ICP method
µg/m3 after sampling on
EPM 2000 or
equivalent filter
paper
12 Nickel (Ni), µg/m3 Annual* 20 20 AAS/ICP method
after sampling on
EPM 2000 or
equivalent filter

S. Pollutant Time Concentration in Ambient Air

No. Weighted Industrial, Ecologically Methods of
Average Residential, Sensitive Area Measurement
Rural and Other (Notified by
Area Central
Government)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
paper
* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a
week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.
** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the
time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of
monitoring.
Note:
Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the limits specified
above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous
monitoring and further investigation.

Annexure 10: Agreement for Gas Supply



Annexure 11: List of Stakeholders Meeting

Name of Designation Village Date Issues/Requirements Discussed Measures Proposed
Participant
Mr. Vinod Vasava Principal Prathamik 11/02/2015 a) Renovation of Toilets for Boys & Girls. The project proponent
Shala, b) Sitting sheets for school students. shall put every effort
Vadadala c) Repair of roof of the school building. to improve the Quality
d) Requirement with respect to the school and the students are School Uniform, of life of the people of
Cultural Fest Dress, Sports Equipments, Sports Track Suit, Color Printer, Cordless surrounding Villages
Mike 2, Green Board 5, Notice Board 5, Sitting Sheets through the
Community Welfare
Mr. Ketan Kumar C. Principal Prathamik 12/02/2015 Requirement with respect to the school and the students are School Uniform,
Programme/CSR in
Patel Shala, Vav Cultural Fest Dress, Color Printer, RO plant
phase wise manner.
Mr. Mahesh C. Gohil Sarpanch Vav 12/02/2015 a) Inadequate Supply of Drinking Water.
b) Construction of Village road.
c) Construction of household sanitary toilet.
Mr. Vasant Bhai G. Sarpanch Kadodara 13/02/2015 a) RCC road construction.
Vasava b) Installation of 25 street lights.
c) Construction of 44 sanitary toilets for households.
d) Four bore well for potable water in village
Mr. Mohan S. Gohil Principal Prathamik 13/02/2015 a) Requirement with respect to the school and the students are Computer for
Shala, students, Green Board for classrooms, Water cooler, 2 Office Tables, Color Printer,
Kadodara 12 chairs for office use
Mrs. Shilpa Martin Principal Prathamik 19/02/2015 a)Requirement with respect to the school and the students are Computer for
Mackwan Shala, Jolva students, Construction of water pipeline in school, Green Board for classrooms,
Water cooler, 2 Office Tables, Color Printer
Mrs. Jaiba Ben Sarpanch Dahej 22/02/2015 a) Requirement of fund for Dahej Awas Yojna for SC and ST houses.
Pushkar Sinh Rana b) Construction of sanitary household toilets.

Annexure 12: Croda India Safety Health and Environment Policy Statement
Croda India is a manufacturer of speciality chemicals for Healthcare, Personal Care, Textiles and
other Industrial applications.
In all of its activities, Croda is firmly committed to care for the safety, health and security of its
employees, customers and the community, and to protect the environment.
SHE Philosophy
 All injuries and occupational illness, as well as process safety and environmental incidents, are
preventable and our goal for all of them is zero.
 The design, manufacture and supply of products and product information from Croda’s
facilities is carried out in compliance with all relevant health and safety, environmental
management and resource efficiency standards.
 The use of certified management systems which underpin all of our business activities drives
continual improvement in SHE performance.
SHE Principles
 To have a senior management team that demonstrates strong SHE leadership and sets a very
good and visible example in its commitment to SHE.
 To comply, as an absolute minimum with all national legal and other requirements, but in
addition, to strive to comply with Croda’ own demanding internal standards & sustainability
targets.
 To define and communicate SHE responsibilities to all employees and contractors.
 To provide appropriate information, training, coaching, supervision and assessment of
competence for all employees and contractors.
 To identify the hazards and to assess, prioritise and control the risks associated with all
operations, including marketing, sales and the supply chain, with special attention to high
hazard chemical manufacturing and handling processes operated by the Company.
 To provide and maintain a safe and healthy place of work, with safe plant, equipment and
processes.
 To set demanding SHE improvement targets and monitor performance through a balanced set
of leading and lagging indicators.
 To review compliance with the effectiveness of Croda’s SHE management systems, and use
incident investigations and audits to stimulate continual improvement.
 To provide feedback and consult with employees and other stakeholders on SHE issues and
performance.
Through our SHE philosophy and the application of these SHE principles, we will realise our
commitment to the prevention of ill health, injury and damage to the environment.
It is my belief that aspiring to excellence in the management of safety, health and environment is
vital to ensuring the long term future of the company. I firmly believe that the adherence to these
principles will enable Croda India to meet its SHE performance targets and I am personally
committed to providing the leadership and resources to make it happen.
Reference: Croda International Plc Safety, Health and Environment Policy Statement dated March
2015.
Mr Rupark Sarswat 1 July 2015
Managing Director

Annexure 13: Undertaking

Pages from 320 – 404
(Annexures of Public Hearing Proceedings)
Have been extracted and uploaded as part
of
“Annexure – Document of Public Hearing”
Annexure 17: Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI


Kadam
www.kadamenviro.com
Environmentfor Development
CONTACT DETAILS
Vadodara (Head Office)
871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.
E: kadamenviro@kadamenviro.com; T:+91-265-3001000
Delhi / NCR
Spaze IT Park, Unit No. 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Near Omaxe City Center Mall, Sohna Road,
Gurgaon, India – 122 002
E: delhi@kadamenviro.com; T: 0124-424 2430-436

23062017PCPKPSNAAnnexure DocumentofEIA EMP

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

23062017PCPKPSNAAnnexure DocumentofEIA EMP

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Annexure 1: EIA/EMP Report.

EIA Report for Proposed Speciality

CRODA INDIA COMPANY PRIVATE LIMITED

EIA Report for Proposed Speciality Chemicals

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 1

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT ......................................................................... 26

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................... 38

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................ 38

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 5

2.13.4 Wastewater Treatment Scheme ........................................................ 64

3.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................... 78

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 6

3.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT.......................................................................... 95

4.1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................................. 121

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 7

4.6.2 Surface Water & Hazardous Waste Management .................................. 152

5.1 ALTERNATIVES FOR SITE LOCATION ............................................................. 165

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN .................................................. 167

6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME .................................................... 167

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ........................................................................ 169

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION ......................................................................... 169

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 8

7.6.1 Purpose ................................................................................... 212

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS........................................... 216

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................... 217

10.1 PURPOSE ..................................................................................... 217

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS .......................................................... 231

11.1 INTRODUCTION ABOUT THE COMPANY ........................................................ 231

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 9

11.6.6 Noise ...................................................................................... 234

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ........................................................ 242

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED BY KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 10

Annexure 2: Copy of Plot Holding Certificate ......................................................................... 251

Annexure 3: PESO approval of Ethylene Oxide ...................................................................... 254

Annexure 4: PESO Approval for Propylene Oxide ................................................................... 256

Annexure 5: Methodology and Photo-documentation of Baseline Monitoring ............................ 258

Annexure 6: Ambient Air Monitoring Results......................................................................... 277

Annexure 7: Long Term Climatological Data .......................................................................... 285

Annexure 8: Dispersion Modeling Results .............................................................................. 287

Annexure 9: National Ambient Air Quality Standards .............................................................. 312

Annexure 10: Agreement for Gas Supply .............................................................................. 314

Annexure 11: List of Stakeholders Meeting............................................................................ 317

Annexure 13: Undertaking ................................................................................................... 319

Annexure 16: Public Hearing Proceeding ............................................................................... 326

Annexure 17: Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI ................................................... 405

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JANUARY 2017 11

Table 1-2: Project Status ....................................................................................................... 30

Table 1-3: Compliance with the Terms of References............................................................... 31

Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of Project Site .................................................................... 38

Table 2-2: Area Break up at Site ............................................................................................ 42

Table 2-4: Mass Balance for Esters and Quats ......................................................................... 46

Table 2-5: Mass Balance for Sulphates & Sulphonates ............................................................. 47

Table 2-6: Mass Balance for Phosphate Esters ......................................................................... 49

Table 2-7: Mass Balance for Formulated Blends ....................................................................... 50

Table 2-8: End Use of Products .............................................................................................. 50

Table 2-9: Properties of Chemicals ......................................................................................... 53

Table 2-10: Details of Storage of Raw Materials ...................................................................... 54

Table 2-11: Storage Details of Products .................................................................................. 56

Table 2-12: Transportation Details of Raw Materials ................................................................ 57

Table 2-13: Transportation Details of Products ........................................................................ 58

Table 2-14: Details of Water Consumption and Wastewater Generation .................................... 61

Table 2-15: Quality of Wastewater Generated from Process ..................................................... 65

Table 2-17: List of ETP Units with Sizing ................................................................................. 66